In the first Act and first scene of the same.

1 Istaec intro auferte, Haue in this geare,

2 Adesdum, Come hether.

2 Paucis te volo, I would speake a word or two with you.

3. Curentur rectè haec, Let these thinges be wel done,

4 Expecto quid velis, I would fayne know what your wil and pleasure is, or I long or desire to know your mynd, will or pleasure.

13 In memoria habeo, I remember it well, Or I beare it wel in mind.

15 Habeo gratiam, I thanke you hartelye. For habere gratiam, is properly to thanke in hart, agere gratias, to thanke in woordes

[...]6 Mihi hoc molestum est, This greeueth me

[...]8 Quin tu vno verbo dic, But say on at ones, or quickly.

Quid est quod me velis? What is it that you would with mee?

[Page]21 Rem omnem à principio audies, You shall heare all the matter euen from the beginning.

24 Excessit ex ephoebis, He is past Childhode, he waxeth a man, or he groweth well towards mans state.

29 Qui scire posses▪ How might a man know?

40 Sapienter vitam instituit., He taketh a wyse way of liuing.

42 Abhine triennium, Three years now gone, or three yeares hence.

43 Cōmigrauit huic viciniae. He hath remoued into these quarters or parties, or he is come to dwell hereby.

45 Mulier egregia forma, A woman of excellent beauty.

45 Mulier aetate integra, A woman beyng in her best yeares, or a woman beyng in the flower of her tyme, or a woman nothing brokē with age.

46 Vereor ne quid apportet mali, I feare least that it may cause some displeasure, or I feare that it will do some hurt, or no good.

47 Pudicè vitā agit, she liueth honestly or chastly

47 Parcè ac duriter vitam agit, He liueth sauing­lye & hardly.

48 Lana, ac tela victum quaeritat, Shee getteth her liuing with spinning and carding.

55 Caprus est. He is taken, or he is in the snare, or he is in the lash. And prouerbiallye, he is in for a birde, or he is in by the weeke.

56 Habet, He vseth her, or he keepeth her com­panye.

58 Dic sodes, Tel me I pray you, tel on a good [Page] felowship, Tel me if thou be a good fellow,

58 Habet suae vite modum, He hath the gouer­naunce of his owne life, or he is at hys owne ordering. Or he is no mans man but his own,

72 Quid opus est verbis? what neede many wordes?

73 Vltro ad me venit, He came to me of his own mynde.

78. Quid obstat? What let is there?

78 O factum benè, O happy chaunce.

87 Quid multis moror? Why do I hold you w^t my long cōmunication? why do I make al these many wordes?

88 Eius causa, For his sake.

99 Nihil suspicor mali, I mistrust or misdeeme no ill.

91 Adolescentula, forma & vultu adeò modesto, a­deò venusto, vt nihil suprà, A young thing of beautye and countenaunce, so demure and so fayre, or well fauoured withall, that nothing may exceede and posse, or be more excellent.

95 Adolescentula praeter coeteras forma honesta & liberali. A younge thinge of beautye, more comely and goodly then the others, or than most part bee.

98 Percusst mihi animum. It went euen to the very hart of me.

100 Quam timeo? How greatly I feare.

103 Satis cum periculo With peril and daunger enough, or in no litle reopardy or peril, or at a shrewde adeunture.

[Page]107. Cur te is perditum? Why go you about to cast awar your selfe?

112 Quid feci? What haue I done?

112 Quid comerui? What punishment haue I deserued? Or what punishment am I wor­thy to haue?

112 Quid peccaui? What haue I offended?

114. Recte putas. You thinke as it is.

117 Venit postridiè ad me. He came vnto mee the morrow after, Or the next day after.

118 Indignum facinus, A shameful deede, an abhominable act, an haynous offence, a mis­chieuous pranke or pageant.

121 Diseedo ab illo, I departed from him.

124 His rebus praescripsisti finem. You haue ap­poynted an end in these matters, you haue set a tyme when these thinges shal cease, or haue an end.

126 Sine meo me viuere modò. Suffer mee to liue after myne owne fashion.

134 Manibus pedibus qué obnixè omnia facit. He dosh all thinges with hand and foote, or with tooth and nayle, as much as in him lyeth, Or he doth al that euer he may right busely.

135 Incommodat mihi, he disea [...]eth mee, Or hee doth me displeasure, Or he annoreth mee.

239. Obsequitur illi, He followeth his mynde, or appetite, or he is ruled by him.

136 In te uihil sit morae, Let there be no delay or tarying in you, or in your behalfe.

140. Mihi exotandus est, I must entreate him,

142 Obserues illum quid agat. Watch him wel [...] [Page] what he doth.

143 Obserues quid captet consilii, Watch what counsayle he taketh, Or wayte what hee enten­deth, or aduyseth to doe.

144 Eamus nunc intro, Euen now got wee in

144 I prae, sequar, Go you before and I wil fol­low or come after. On, yle follow.

In the second Scene.

1 Ipse exit foras, Himselfe now commeth forth.

7 Nulli verbum fecit, He spake not a worde to a­ny man: or hee neuer made woord to any man.

7 Non aegrè eam rem tulit, He tooke no displea­sure therwith.

8 Sine tuo malo, Without any your harme or without any ill or displeasure to you warde.

12 Non praeuideram, I foresaw it not, or I for­saw no such thing.

13 Ehodum ad me, Hither a litle syrra or come nere to me hither

13 Quid hic vult? What would hee haue now? Or what is the matter now?

19 Nihil ad me attinet, It pertayneth nothinge to mee, or I haue nothing to do therewith.

23 Non hercle intelligo, In good sooth I know not what you meane.

27 Verberibus caesum te in pistrinum dedam: I will all to curry thee, and then cast thee into the Mill to draw.

23 Bona verba quaeso, Speake fayre I pray you or prouerbially, you wil not do as you say. For those wordes bee alwayes of the wry­ters vsed and spoken Ironicè, that is to say, in [Page] mockage or derision: as if one should say, I wil cause the braynes to flye out of the head, & the other should in mockage, scorne, and deristō aunsweare, and say thus: you wil not I trow: Or thus, you will not doe as you say I trowe, he might say it elegantly and properly in Latin Bona verba quaeso, yet geue vs fayre language, I beseech you hartely.

32 Nihil me fallis, Thou canst not beguile mee, or I know thee well ynough.

33 Ne temerè facias, Play not the foole.

33 Ne dicas tibi non praedictū, Say not but you were tolde it before: or say not but that it was shewed you before.

In the third Scene.

2 Intellexi illius sententiam, I haue perceiued his mynd or his wordes.

4 Quid agam incertum est, I cannot tel what I may do.

5 Illius vitae timeo, I feare it will cost him his life.

5 Huius minas timeo, I feare his manasing and threatning.

7 Seni verba dare difficile est. It is hard to de­ceiue the old man.

10 Ad haec mala hoc accedit etiam, In the necke of al these mischieles, this also commeth.

11 Grauida est è Pamphilo, She is with chylde thy Pamphilus.

12 Audire est opereptetium, It is a world to heare.

18 Oblit mortem, He is dead. [Page] 26 Mihi non sit verisimile, It seemeth not true vnto mee, or I can in no wyse thinke or beleue it to bee true, me thinke it smelles like a lye.

In the fourth scene.

7 Veror quid sier, I feare what the matter is.

In the fift Scene.

1 Hoccine est humanum factum, Is this a gen­tle deede, or touch, or was, or, is this curteously done.

2 Quid illud est? Wat is that?

2 Proh Deûm atque hominum fidem. O the faith of God and man: or out alas, or O good Lord

3 Quid est, si haec non contumelia est? What is a spyte if this be not▪ or if this be not a dispyte, I know not what is.

4 Nonne oportuit praescisse me antè, Had it not bene meete and conuenient, that I shoulde haue knowen of it before.

5 Non priùs cōmmunicatum oportuit? Had it not bene meete, that I should haue bene tolde of it before, or that I should haue bene made priuy to it before.

6 Miseram me, Ah wretched woman that I am.

6 Quod Verbum audio? What a word do I heare?

9 Pereo funditùs, I am vtterlye vn done or caste away

15 Aliquid mōstri alunt, They hide or cloke some priuy falt, Ex Chiliadibus Eras.

15 Nemini obtrudi illa potest, She can not be shif­ted away to any body.

[Page]16 Irur ad me, They come to me.

20 Abi domum, goe thy waies home, or get thee home.

20 Abi citò, Hence at once, or get thee hence at once, or hence quickly.

23 Quid facerem? What should I haue done, or what should I do?

24 Quid primum exequar? What shall I, Or may I goe first in hand withall. Or what shal I first doe?

25 Me impediunt curae, Care or busines of many thinges [...]etteth me.

28 Meo animo libitum est. It is myne appetite Or, it is my pleasure, or it standeth with my fantasie.

30 Peropus est, It is very needeful.

32 Quis hic loquitur? Who speaketh here?

32 O salue Pamphile, What? God saue you mayster Pamphilus.

32 Quid agitur: what do you, Or how goeth the worlde? or how standeth the case?

34 Laborat e dolore, She laboureth with childe: in this place of Terence, but it maye bee other­wise vsed by reason of some other word added,

As, Laborat è dolore capitis, dentium, oculorum. &c. He is sicke or diseased with paine in the head, teeth. eyes. &c

34. In hunc diem constitutae sunt nuptiae. The maryage was appoynted agaynst this daye,

35 Ego istuc conari queam? Can I goe about or attempt such a thing?

37 Mihi suum animum atque omné vitam cre­didit [Page] He hath committed, or put his hart or stomacke and all his lyfe into my handes. For that that wee say commonly, he hath put al his trust and hope in me▪

42 Adeò me ignauum putas? Do you thinke me such a dastarde, or so vnmanly?

43 Adeò me inhumanum putas? Do you thinke me so vnkynd, or so vncurteous, vngentle?

43 Adeò ferum me putas? Do you thinke or re­pute me so cruell?

45 Per hanc dexteram te oro & genium tuum [...] I pray you by this right hand, and your hone [...]y

55 Per tuamfidem te oro, I besyre you by your promise, or of your fidelity, or truth.

57. Te in Germani fratri dilexiloco, I haue loued you as myne owne naturall brother

58 Te solum semper feci maximi, I haue al­wayes set most by you onely.

59 Tibi morigera fuit in rebus omnibus, S [...]e was, or hath bene at your commaundement in al thinges.

61 Bona nostra haec tibi committo. Al these my goods I commit vnto you, or into your handes

62 Bona nostra haec [...]uae mando fidei. I commit al these my goods vnto your fidelity or honesty or I put you in trust with al these my goodes.

62 Mors continuò ipsam occupat, death tooke her immediatly.

63 Ita spero quidem, So trust I verely, or so I hope in deede.

64 Cur tu abis ab illa? Why come you away from her?

[Page]64 Obstetricem accerso, I goe to call or to fetch the midwyfe.

64 Propera, Go apace or hye,

65 Audin? Hearest thou?

66 Teneo, I perceyue or vnderstand it wel.

Out of the second Act in the first Scene.

1 Quid ais? what sayst thou?

1 Illa datur hodie Pampilo nuptum. She shall be maryed vnto Pamphilus this day.

2 Sic est. It is euen so: or yea forsooth.

2 Qui scis? How knowest thou?

2 Apud forum modò è Dauo audiui: I hard it abroade right now of Dauus. Forum is such a place as men vse to resort and repaire vnto, to meete and to common togeather, as in London, the Roial exchaunge, or Westminster hall. Fo­rum is not Laten for a mart or market, except some woorde of suche signification bee added vnto it, as Forum boarium, the market wher cattell were solde. Forum carnarium, where flesh was solde. Forum Piscarium where Fish was solde

3 Vae misero mihi, Alas, wretched person or body that I am.

5 Adempta est mihi spes, My hope is takē away

12 Age, Age, vt lubet, Well then do as you list.

13 Omnia experiri certum est, I purpose or I am determined or aduysed to proue or to assay all thinges.

13 Quid hic agit? what doth this man, or [Page] what goeth hee aboute: or what entendeth this man?

14 Hunc orabo, I wil desyre him

14 Huic supplicabo, I wil humbly beseech him.

17 Quid tibi videtur? How or what thinketh you?

19 Abi hinc in malam crucem, Get thee hence with sorrow, Or get thee hēce with a mischiefe,

21 Ad te venio, spem, salutem, auxilium, consiliū expetens, I come vnto you to desire you of some good hope, health, helpe, and counsayle.

22 Neque consilii locum habeo, neque auxilii co­piam, Neither can I geue you anye counsayle, neither lieth it in me to helpe you.

23 Istuc quidnam est? What is your matter?

Hodie Vxorem ducis? Are you maryed to daye? (The Present tense for the Future.

23 Aiunt, So they saye.

24 Hodie postremum me vides. You shall neuer-more see me aliue after this day.

24 Quid ita? Why so?

25 Vereor dicere, I dare not tel it.

26 Nae iste haud mecum sentit, Trulye this man is not of my mynd, or Certes this man and I be not of one mynd.

26 Ehodum, dic mihi, Hoe syrra tel me.

28 Quam id vellem, How gladly would I that were so, how glad would I be of that?

28 Te per amicitiam & amotem obsecro, I be­seech you for the friendship and loue that is be­tweene vs.

29 Dabo equidem operam. I wil do my dili­gēce [Page] or I wil do what lieth in me, or I will do the best that I can.

30 Tibi nuptiae hae sunt cordi. This mariage pleaseth you well, or, is to your hartes desire, or is to your pleasure.

31 Proficiscor aliquo, I goe forth some whither

31 Audi nunc iam, Here now

35 Reddisti animum, You haue reuiued my Spirites, or you haue recomforted my hart, or you put me in comfort agayne.

35 Si quid potes, facito, If you may do any thing doe it.

36 Sat habeo, I am content with that, or I de­sire no more.

38 Huius consilio fretus sum, This mans coun­sayle do I vse or follow.

39 Fugin▪ tu hinc? dost thou run thy way hence?

39 Nihil opus est scire, It is no neede to know.

In the second scene.

2 Vbi inueniam Pamphilum? Where shal I Fynd Pamphilus?

2 Vt metum adimam, That I may deliuer him out of feare.

2 Vt expleam animum gaudeo, That I may make his hart glad and ioyous.

3 Nondum haec resciuit mala. He knoweth not yet this mischiefe.

5 Audin' tu illum? Do you heare him?

6 Quo nunc primum intendam? Whether shall I now first goe?

9 Cessas alloqui? Dost thou not speake vnto him or art thou so slacke to speake to him?

[Page]7 Ades, Come hether.

7 Resiste, Stop, or turne agayne.

7 Quis homo est qui me? Who or what man is that, that calleth me? For there is vnderstan­ded, vocat or nominat

8 O Pamphile teipsum quaero, What Pamphi­lus I seeke you and no man els.

9 Quin tu hoc audi But heare this.

9 Quid timeas scio, I know what thou fearest.

11 Obtundis tametsi intelligo. You dull me, and yet I vnderstand you wel ynough, or you wea­ry me.

12. R [...]m tenes. You know or perceyue the mat­ter very well.

13 Nihil periculi est, There is no manner ieo­pardy.

17 Nunc non est narrandilocus, It is no tyme nor place to tel it now.

21 Quid agam cogito, I muse what I may do.

22 Mihi incidit suspicio, I began to suspect or mistrust.

24 Quoriùm istùc? To what end, or to what purpose say you that? [...] dicis.

26 Recté dicis, You say well

26 Perge Goe forth, proceede.

28 Accessi Intro, I came in

30 Non rectè accipis, You take matter amisse or wrong, or you vnderstand it not wel.

33 Liberatus sum tua opera, I am saued by your good helpe, or deliuered by your ayde.

34 Quid ita? Why so?

35 Bene mones. You aduyse me well or yee [Page] geue good counsayle, or, ye put me well in myn [...] and remembraunce.

37 Spes mea me frustrata est, My hope hath beguyled mee.

In the thirde Scene.

1 Quid sibi vult pater? What meaneth my fa­ther?

3 Ipse sibi iniurius videtur, He seemeth vnto him­selfe to be vnreasonable, or to do wrong.

5 Culpam in te transferet, He wil lay the fault to you.

9 Cedo quid faciam? Tel me, what shall I doe?

10 Nunquam faciam, I will neuer do it

10 Ne nega, say not nay.

10 Suadere noli. Neuer counsayle me to it.

15 Quid iurgabit tecum? What cause shall he haue to chide with thee?

17 Sine omni periculo Without all per [...]ll

17 Haud dubium est, There is no doubt.

21 Hoc propulsabo facilè, I will auoyd or put of that quickly.

25 Ita ne credis? Thinke you for

25 Qui [...] taces? Why dost thou not hold thy peace

27 O facinus audax, Oh bold act, Oh hardy en­terpryse, Oh presumptuous deede.

29 Curabitur it shalbe done.

In the fourth scene.

1 Reuiso quid agant, aut quid captent consilii, I come agayne to see what they doe, or wherea­bout they goe.

3 Venit meditatus alicundè ex solo loco, He com­meth [Page] from some place, where hee hath bene alone and bethought him, or studied, mused, or prouided what he wil say. Ex solo loco, out of some secrete or solitary place.

5 Tu fac apud te vt sies, Se thou that thy wits be thyne owne.

In the fift Scene.

4 Ipsum praesto video, I see that he is here ready

8 Nostrae parti timeo, I feare of our part.

9 Neque istic, neque alibi tibi vsquam erit in me mora, Neyther in this thing nor in any thing els you shall haue any let or taryinge in mee, or you shal not tary on me.

10 Facis vt te decet, quum id quod postulo im­petro cum gratia, You do as becōmeth you, or, you do very well, that I obtayne with your goodwil that thing which I desyre.

11 Cum gratia, With good wil. or, with good loue and leaue.

11 Quod postulo impetro, That, that I desyre I obtayne.

13 I iam nunc intro, euen now goe thy wayes in.

13 Ne in mora quum opus sit sies, Let vs not tary on you when neede shall bee.

15 Vulgo dici solet, It is vsed and spoken com­monly, or it is a common saying.

In the sixt Scene

5 Praeter spem euenit, It is chaunced other­wyse than you looked for

5 Malè habet illum, It grieueth him, it byteth him.

[Page]6 Potin'es mihi verum dicere, Can you tell me truth? Potin'es for potis ne es? By the figure Apocope, which is the cutting away of a letter or sillable in the ende of a woord.

13. Cauit ne eares sibi infamiae esset. He toke hede, or hee prouided, that that shoulde not hurt his name, or bringe him in any blame, or obloquie, or yll name.

15. Vxore opus est, It is meete for him to haue a wyfe.

15 Animum ad vxorem appulit, He setteth his mynde to maryage.

15 Subtristis visus est mihi. Me thought he was some what sad.

17 Est quod succenseat. There is a thing that he is angry for.

18 Quidnam id est? what is that?

18 Quin dic quid est? Tush tell me what is it

19 Parce facit sumptum, He doth but litle cost or he spendeth lyke a Nigarde.

20 Vix drachmis obsonatus est decem, He hath bestowed scarcely. xl, d, in cetes.

25 Ego Istaec rectè vt fiant videro, I will see that these thinges shal be well done.

26 Quidnam hoc rei est? what is the matter?

26 Quidnam hic vult veterator sibi? What mea­neth this vngracious variet.

Out of the third acte in the first Scene.

1 Ita quidem res est vt dixti, It is euen so as you sayde [...]

2 Fidelem haud fermè mulieri inuenias virum, [Page] You cannot lightly fynd a man faythfull & true of his promise vnto a woman.

4 Firmauit fidem, bee heth surelye kept his pro­mise, or, he hath shewed a sure token that he wil perfourme his promise.

5 Vtinam aut hic surdus aut haec muta facta sit, Would God that either he might be made deafe that he could not hear, or, she dum that she might not speake.

6 O Iupiter, quid ego audio? O Lorde, What do I heare?

7 Actum est, si quidem hic vera predicat. The matter is past cure, at least wyse if it bee true that this man sayth.

8 Bonum ingenium narras adolescētis. By your saying it is a younge man of a good and gentle nature.

9 Sequere me intro, ne illi in mora sis, follow me in that you caust him not to [...]ary on you, or come in after me, that he tarry not on you.

10 Quod remedium huic malo inueniam? What remedy shal I fynd, or, may I fynd for this mis­chife.

11 Adeon'est demens? is he so mad?

11 Ah, Vix tandem sensi stolidus, Ah, I scarcely perceiued it at last, fole that I am.

12 Quid hic sensisse se ait? What sayth hee that he hath perceyued.

13 Haec mihi aftertur iam primúm ab hoc falla­cia, This subtile pranke hath he wrought now first agaynst me.

14 Fer opem, Helpe.

[Page]15 Serua me obsecro, Saue my life I praye thee

16 Hui tam cito? Whough so sone in al the hast?

17 Non sat commodè diuisa sunt tēporibus tibi Daue haec, O Dauus these thinges were not well appoynted by thee, euerye thing in his due tyme.

17 Commodè temporibus diuisa sunt omnia, E­uery thing is well appoynted in his due tyme. Num immemor es discipuli? Haue you forgottē a scholler of your owne teaching?

19 Ego quid narres nescio, I know not what you say.

20 Hic si me imperatum adortus esset, If this fellow had set vpon me vnprouided or vnaware?

21 Quos mihi ludos redderet what play woulde he haue played mee?

22 Huius periculo fit, All is done on his perill,

22 Ego in portu nauigo, I am out of all dannger Vide, Chil, Erasmi.

In the second scene.

1 Adhuc quae adsolent, quaequè oportent signa ad salutē esse, omnia huic esse video, I se in him yet he the [...] to all tokens of healthe that are wont and that ought to be. Here note that verbes im­personalles be often turned into personalles and haue a nominatiue case before them, as Haec cine te decent? Do these thinges become thee? Num haec te pudent? Arte thou not ashamed of these thinges? albe it is in the voyces of the third person onely.

5 Mox ego huc reuertar, I wil returne or come hether agayne by and by▪

[Page]6 Perscitus puer natus est Pamphilo, Pamphilus hath a very iolly or goodly boy borne. Per, in composition betokeneth as much as Valdè

7 Deus quaeso vt sit superstes, I praye God send him long lyfe, or long to liue.

7 Est ingenio bono, Hee is of Gentle and cur­teous nature.

8 Veritus est huic optimae adolescenti facere in­iuriam, He had conscience to do this very young thing wrong, or, he could not find in his hart, or, he had remorse to do. &c.

9 Hoc quis non credat, qui te nôrit, abs te esse or­tū? Who that knoweth thee, would not thinke y^• this came of thee, or, was begun, & wroughte by thee

9 Quidnam id est? What is that?

10 Non imperabat coràm quid opus esset facto? He did not tel me to my face, what was needful to be done.

11 Postquàm egressa est, illis, quae sunt intus, cla­mat de via, As soone as shee was come forth without do [...]ts, she cryed out of the streate vnto them that were within.

11 Itàne contemnor abs te? Am I so litle set by of thee?

13 Itàne tandem idoneus tibi videor, quem tam aperte fallere incipias dolis? Do I seeme vnto thee so meete a man whom thou shouldest begin enterpryse, or, attempt so openly to begnile or de­ceiue with thy subtil craft.

14 Certe si resciuerim, In fayth if I may knowe

[Page]15 Hic se ipse fallit haud ego, He deceiueth or be­guileth himselfe, and not I.

15 Edixin' tibi, Did I not straightly commaund thee?

16 Num interminatus sum ne faceres? Did not I charge thee vpon a paine that thou shouldest not do it.

17 Credon' tibi hoc? May I beleeue thee in this?

18 Teneo quid erret, I know wherein he is de­ceyued.

18 Quid ego agam habeo, I know what I do wel ynough.

18 Quid taces? Why stādest thou dombe, or, why speakest thou not?

19 Tibi renunciata sunt haec si fore, It was told you before that these thinges woulde come to passe, or, would come to this end.

20 An tute intelle [...]i hoc assimulari? Did you perceyue by your owne selfe, that this was fai­ned.

21 Quid istaec tibi incidit suspectio? How came it vpon you to suspect this.

23 Non satis me pernosti etiam qualis sim, You know not me throughlye, yet what a fellow I am.

24▪ Si quid narrare occepi, continuò dari tibi ver­ba censes, If I beginne to tell you any thing, anone you thinke or iudge, that I goe about to deceiue you.

25 Nihil iam mutiri audio, I dare not speake one word now a daies.

26 Hoc ego scio vnum, This one thinge do I [Page] know.

28 Id ego nunc renuntio futurum, vt sis sciens, I tell you now before, that it wilbe so, that you may not say but that you know it.

29 Ne tu hoc posteriús dicas meo factú consilio, Say not hercafter that it was done by my coū sayle or aduyse.

30 Hanc opinionem prorsus a me amotam esse volo, I wil in no wyse, that you haue any such opinion of me.

31 Vnde id scis? Wherby know you that?

31 Audiui, & credo, I haue heard it, and I beleue it is true.

32 Coniecturam facio, I couiect.

33 Multa concurrunt simul, quî cōiecturam hanc fa [...]io, There come many things togeather why I do thus coniect, or, there bee manye thinges moe then one, that cause mee thus coniect, or suppose.

33 Inucntum est falsum, It is a false ymagina­tion.

34 Missa est an cilla obstetricem accersitum, there is a maiden sent to cal the midwyfe.

17 Quum intellexeras id eas consilij capere, cur non dixti extemplo Pamphilo? Whē thou per­ceiuedst, that they wente about such a purpose, why diddest thou not immediatly tel Pamphi­lus thereof?

39 Quis eum ab illa abstraxit nisi ego? Who hath pulied him away from her but I?

40 Omnes nos quidem scimus (quam) misere hanc ama­ri [...], All we know how deepely he loued her?

[Page]40 Nunc sibi vxorem expetit, Now hee desyryth to mary.

41 Id mihi negotij, Committe that matter vnto me: or, let me alone with that matter.

42 Pergè facere ita vt facis, Continue or procede and do still as you do.

42 Id spero adiuturos Deos, I trust God will further it.

43 Abi intrò▪ ibi me operire, Get thee in and ta­ry for me there til I come.

43 Quod parato opus est para, Make ready that, that is needeful to be done.

45 Haud scio an quae dixit, sint vera omnia, I can not tel whether al thinges be true that hee hath told me or not.

46 Illud mihi multò maximum est, That thinge do I most passe on.

47 Nunc Chremem conueniam, Now will I go speake with Chremes.

48 Orabo Gnato vxorem, I wil desyre a wyfe for my Sonne, or, I wil destre that my sonne may haue his daughter in maryage.

49 Quid alias hoc malim quam hodie fieri? why shoulde I desyre to haue this done an other tyme rather then now? or, why should I destre to haue it doue to morrow rather then to day.

50 Quod pollicitus est, id si nolit haud dubium est quin eum meritò possim cogere, Yf hee re­fuse to do that he promised, there is no doubte but that I may lawfully compell him.

51 In ipso tempore eccum ipsum obuiam, Loe yonder how he commeth to meete mee euen as [Page] well as can be.

In the third Scene

1 O teipsum quaerebam, What, I sought euen you and no man els.

2 Et ego te, And I you.

2 Optato aduenis, You come as I woulde haue it, or, you come as well as I could wish it, or, well met.

3 Aliquot me adiere, Certayne persons haue come vnto me.

3 Ex te auditum aiebāt: They reported that you haue bene heard say so.

4 Id viso, tu ne, an illi insaniant, I come to see whether you be out of your wittes, or els they.

5 Ausculta paucis, & quid ego te vellem, & quod tu quaetis scies, Harkē to me a litle, and you shal knowe both what I woulde haue you to do, & also that, that you desyre to know.

6 Ausculto, loquere quid velis, I harken, say on what you would haue.

7 Per ego te Deos oro. I beseech you for Gods sake.

7 Per nostram amicitiam te oro, I pray you for the loue and friendship that is betweene vs.

8 Amicitia nostra incepta à paruis eùm aetate ac­creuit simul. Our friendship begun of litle ons, hath growen and encreased togeather with our yeares and age.

9 Per vnicam gnatam tuam, & gnatum meum, I praye you as you loue your owne daughter & my sonne.

10 Seruandi mei summa tibi potestas datur.

[Page]It lyeth very much in your handes to saue my lyfe.

11 Me adiuues in hac re, Helpe me in this matter.

12 Ah ne me tantopere obsecra, Tushe pray not me so instantly.

14 Alium esse censes nunc me, atque olim sui, do you thinke me another manner of man now thē I haue bene heretofore?

15 Si in rem est vtrique, If it be for the profite of vs both.

16 Si ex re plus mali est, quàm commodi vtrique, If there shall come more hurt or displeasure vn­to vs both then profite thereby.

16 Accersi iube, Com naund to be gone for, or, bid one goe call him.

17 Te oro in commune vt consulas, I pray you looke on the matter indifferently on both, or, I pray you do indifferently on both partes.

16 Ità postulo vt fiat, I desyre you that it maye so be.

20 Non postulem abs te, nisi ipsa res moneat, I would not desyre it of you, but that the thing it selfe doth bid me and geue occasion.

21 Irae sunt inter Glycerium & gnatum, Glycery and my sonne be fallen out.

22 Spero posse euelli, I trust he may bee pulled a way from it.

23 Profectò sic est, Vndoubtedly it is so.

25 Ante eamus dum tempus datur, Let vs pre­uent the the matter, while we haue tyme.

28 Lachrumae confictae dolis reducunt animum aegrotum ad misericordiam, Teares disceit­fully [Page] feyned do bring a louesicke mynd agayne to pitty and compassion.

[...]1 Spero illum dehinc facilè ex illis emersurum malis, I trust that he will from henseforth ea­sily wynde hymselfe out of those mischieues.

[...]0 Coniugio liberali deuinctus, Bound in honest matrimony or welocke.

[...]2 Tibi ita videtur So thinketh you.

[...]3 Non arbitror me posse perpeti, I think I shal neuer be able to indure it.

[...]5 Qui scis istuc nisi periculū feceris? How know you that? except, or, vntil you haue proued it?

[...]6 In commoditas denique huc omnis redit, All the displeasure, or, the worst of y^e matter, at the vttermost commeth vnto this poynt.

[...]7 Dij prohibeant, God forbid.

[...]1 Quid istuc? What is that?

[...]1 Si ist uc animum induxisti esse vtile, If you thinke in your mynde that this is expedient.

[...]2 Nolo tibi vllum commodum in me claudier, I wil not that any commodity, or, pleasure bee debarred or stopped from you by me.

[...]3 Merito te sem per maximi feci, I haue not without cause alwayes set very much by you.

[...]5 Qui scis eos nunc discordare inter se? How know you that they are now fallen at debate.

[...]6 Intimus eorum consilijs, Chiefe of their coun­sayle, or, of their priuy and secret counsayle.

[...]7 Is mihi persuadet, quantum queam, vt matu­rem, Hee counsayleth me in any wyse, that I [Page] make all the speede I can.

48 Num censes faceret, nisi sciret filium haec ea­dem velle? Would he haue so done thinke you: but he knew that my sonne desyreth the same.

49 Tute adeò iam eius verba audies, Your self shal heare him speake by and by,

49 Heus, euocate huc Dauum, Hoe sirs call mee out Dauus hether.

50 Eccum video ipsum foras exire, Lo yonder I see himselfe comming forth of the dores.

In the fourth scene.

1 Ad te ibam, I was comming to you?

2 Cur vxor non accersitur? Why is not Pmpht­lus wyfe sent for?

2 Iam aduesperascit, it is almost night already.

2 Audin' tu illum? Dost thou not heare him?

3 Non nihil veritus sum abs te, ne dolis me delu­deres. I feared greatly on thy parte, or, behalfe that thou wouldest haue deluded, or, mocked me by some subtil craft or guyle.

4 Ego istuc facerem? should I haue done such a deede?

5 Vos celaui, quod nunc dicam, I haue kept from you that, that I will now shew you, or, I haue kept priuily from you that, that I wil now dis­close or open.

7 Propemodū habeo iam tibi fidem, I beginne in manner now how to trust thee.

7 Tandèm cognôsti, qui siem. At last you know, what manner a man I am.

9 Ea gratia simulaui, vt vos pertentarē, I nothing but fained, to the entent that I might though­lye [Page] proue your myndes.

Sic res est, it is euen so, or, so is the matter, or, so standeth the case, or, thus the matter goeth

[...]0 Nunquam quiui ego istue intelligere, I could neuer perceyue that.

[...]0 Vah consilium callidum, Oh subtill deuyse.

[...]1 Vt hinc te iussit introire, oportunè hic fit mihi obuiam, After that I had bid thee goe in, this man met me happely, or, as well as coulde be.

[...]2 Hem numnàm perimus? Ah well, are we not in ill case trow we [...] or, be we not in the bryers or in the d [...]chr

[...]3 Quidnam audio? What doe I heare?

[...]3 Oro vixqué exoro, I prayed him, and with much adoe entreated him, or, obtayned of him.

[...]3 Occidi, I am vndone, or, my ioy is past in this world, or, my health is at an ende, or, my good dayes be past

[...]4 Hem quid dixti? Ah well what saydest thou?

[...]4 Optimè factum, passinge well, or, verye well done.

[...]5 Nunc per hunc nulla est mora, Now on his behalfe is no let, or, delay.

[...]7 Quoniā solus mihi hoc effecisti, For as much as only thou and no man els hast brought this to passe, or, hast brought this about for mee.

[...]8 Corigere mihi gnatum enitere, Laboure to amend, or, to bring into the strayghte waye a­gayne or, to bring to goodnes my sonne.

[...]9 Faciam hercle sedulò, I wil do my diligence.

[...]9 Animus mihi irritatus est, My stomacke is en­censed or throughly angered.

[Page]20 Mirum ni domi est, it is maruayle but he is at home.

21 Nullus sum. I am vndone, or I were as good be out of the Worlde or▪ I were as good bee deade▪

22 Quid causae est, quin hinc in pistrinum recta proficiscar via? What reasonable excuse may I make, but that I must goe straight from hence into prison? or▪ what colour or pretexte maye I aleage, or, lay for my selfe, why I shoulde not goe from hense strayght into Prison, or into Bryde well. Pistrinum, was a place where the Corne was ground and bread made: and [...] ys deryued of Pin [...], [...]s, sui, situm, vell pistū, which is eyther to grynde with milstones, or, to beate to meale with a pe [...] in a morter, as (for [...]ack of milles) men in olde t [...]me did: and because it was a very [...]a [...]nfu [...] thinge, and full of labour, many vsed for punishment of their [...]ruauntes, to put them to that office, which was to them a [...]ore and grieuous punishment and imprison­ment.

23 Nihil est preci loci relictum, prayinge may haue no place, or, it is past entreating.

23 Perturba [...] omnia, I haue troubled altogea­ther, or▪ as we say prouerbially, I haue styrred the coa [...]es, or, I haue made the [...]ot to seeth, or my selfe hath brought all out of frame, or, in the bryers.

24 Herum fefelli, I haue beguyled my mayster▪ or I haue played the false fellow with my may­ster.

[Page]25 Feci insperante Simone, atque inuito Pamphilo, I hau done it, Simo nothing loking for it, and cleane contrarye to the mynde and will of Pamphilus.

26 Quod si quieuissem, nihil euenisset mali, That if I had sit in rest, there should no ill nor harme haue chaunced at all.

27 Eccum ipsum video, Lo yonder I see him. Vtinàm mihi esset aliquid hic, quo nunc me praecipitem da [...]em▪ Woulde God I had some place here, that I might nowe caste my selfe down headlong.

In the fift Scene

[...] Vbi illic scelus est qui me perdidit? Where is the vngratious knaue that hath vndone mee, or that hath brought me into the bryers.

[...] Perii, I am vndone, or, I am but deade, or, I am vtterly cast away, or, God haue mercy vpō me: with all other englishes of occidi, 13 line, & nullus sum. 20. line, in the Scene nexte afore this.

Confiteor hoc mihi iure obtigisse, I graūt this to haue rightfully chaunced vnto me.

Quandoquidem tam iners, tamque nullius con­ [...]ilii sum. For because I am so foolish or dull and [...]aue no cast in the world, nor discretion nor wit.

[...] Seruóne fortunas meas commisisse futili, To haue put and▪ committed all that I haue vn­to a light prating or babling knaue, for there is vnderstanded oportuit, or, decuit, as saith Linacre in his sixt booke, de figuris constructi­onis, And Melancthon in his Syntaxi noteth [Page] such maner of speaking [...] indignation, asking a question to be commonly pronoūced and spo [...] by the Infinitiue mode absolutely, and so vse [...] to speake also in our english speach. Hic & ha [...] futilis & hoc futile, is he that can keepe nothin [...] secrete, but is as a vessell ful of chynes, and (a [...] Apuleius sayth) Leuis homo & futilis lachr [...]m a [...] [...]um plenus.

5 Pretium ob stultitiam fero▪ I am serued eue [...] like a foole, or, am serued wel inough for my foolishnes.

5 Inultum id nunquam auferet. He shall neuer es­cape vnpunished for it, or, I shal assuredly re­quite it him, or, he shal surely aby for it.

6 Post hac in columē sa [...] scio fore me, nunc si de­uito hoc malum, I knowe righte well that I shall do wel enough from henceforth: if I may now escape this mischiefe▪

8 Qua fiducia id facere audeam? How may I b [...] so bold, as to do that.

9 Quid me faciam nescio, I cannot tell what to do with my selfe.

9 Id ago sedulò, There about I go as fast I cā.

10 Huic malo aliquam producam moram, I wil [...] delaye, or, prolong, or, pút of, or, dryue forth my punishment yet a litle whyle.

11 Ehodum bone vi [...], quid a [...]s? Oh come hether gentlemans body, how say ye? A sayinge vsed Per ironiam.

11 Viden' me tuis consiliis impeditum esse? dost thou not see me broughte in the bryers through [Page] thy deuyse and counsell?

12 At iam expediam. But I will bringe you out agayne shortly.

13 Tibi ego credam furcifer? Should I geue cre­dence vnto the naughty kn [...]ue▪ or, villayne?

14 Tu rem impeditā, & perditā restitues, wilt thou recouer a thing so incombred, & so farre gone. or, wilt thou recouer a thing intangled, intri­cate, and past all remedy and cure?

14 Hem quo fretus sim, Lo what a sure speare I haue of thee▪ or what a sure man haue I of thee to beare me bolde on.

15 Me hod [...]è ex tranquillissima [...]e coniecisti in maximas turbas, Thou hast now cast me out of meruailous great quie [...]es into euery great trouble.

16 An non dixi esse futurum? Did not I say that it woulde be thus? Or said not I that it would come to this passe, or to this poynt?

16 Quid meritus es? What hast thou deserued, or, what art thou worthy to haue?

16 Crucem hanging.

17 Sine adme vt redeā, Suffer me to come to my selfe agayn, [...]s if I had sayd, to gather my wits vnto mee agayne.

18 Non habeo spacium, vt de [...]e sumam suppliciū vt volo, I haue no [...] asu [...]e to punnish thee as I would do.

19 Hoc tempus me haud [...]ni [...] [...]e v [...]cis [...]i. The tyme wil not suffer me now to bee reuenged on thee, or, I haue no leasure now to be reuenged on thee.

Out of the fourth acte In the first seene.

5 Id ne est verum? Is that true?

5 Id genus hominum pessimum est, That sort of men be very ill.

7 Tempus est promissa perfici, It is tyme that all promises be fulfitted & kept, or, it is tyme that all couenauntes be perfourmed,

8 Tum necessario se aperiunt. Then they must nedes shew what they be, then do they without remedy vtter themselues.

9 Res cogit me denegare, The thing it selfe cau­seth me to denye it.

10 Impudentissima eorū oratio est, Their words are without shame,

11 Quis tu es? Who be you?

11 Quis tu mihies? What good mayster of myne are you? or, what dost thou for me that I should be bound of dutye to do for thee?

So are these wordes taken in this place of Terence, and in that seene vsed.

12 Proximus sum egomet mihi, I must bee best friend vnto my selfe, or, must serue myne owne selfe, or, I loue you wel, but my selfe better: or, euery man for himselfe.

12 Vbi fides est? where is henesty now a dayes? or where is truth or faythfulnes of promise?

13 Nihil eum pudet, He is ashamed of nothinge or there is no shame in him,

15 Quid agam▪ What may I do?

15 Adeamne ad eum, It is best I goe vnto him?

15 Cum eo ne iniuriam hanc expostulem.

[Page]Is it best I chyde with him? or, take him vp for this displeasure, or not?

16 Ingeram ei mala multa, I shall multiply and shew him many shrewd wordes, or, I shal geue him many checkes, or, shal lay many thinges to his charge.

16 Nihil promoueris, You shal neuer be the neere, or it shall nothing a [...]ayle you.

17 Multum molestus illi fuero, I wil vexe him a litle, prouerbially: or I wil anger euery vayne in his heart.

17 Animo morem gessero, I wil satisfy my mynd or, I wil ease my hart, or, stomacke, or I will follow myne appetite.

18 Et me & te imprudens, nisi quid dij respiciūt, perdidi, I haue vndone, or, rast awaye, both my selfe and also you vnware, if God helpe not, or, except god find some prouision.

19 Soluisti fidem, You haue broken promise,

20 Quid tandem? Why, what now?

20 Etiam nunc me subducere istis dictis postulas, Thou wouldest yet againe dec [...]ue me with thy wordes, Subducere, id est, fallere. Subducere hath diuers significations, amonges other it is to conuey away priuely. But here it is takē for the Greke word [...] which is st [...]lable for syllable, as Subducere, and that vocable the Greekes vse figuratiuelye, for Fallere, that is to deceyue and so is Subducere, vsed also in the commody of Plautus, entituled Me­nechmi: Rapide raptorem pueri subduxti fides,

[Page] [...]2 Tuum animū ex animo spectaui meo, I hau [...] espyed thy mynd by mine owne.

24 Falsa me spe producis, Thou leadest me, or. [...] dest me forth with a false, or, vayne hope.

25 Ah nescis quātis in malis verser miser, Ah tho [...] knowest not in how great distresse I am, vnfortunate man that I am, or, thou canst not tell [...] what misery I am, pore soule, or, vnhappy m [...] that I am.

26 Ah, quanta mihi tuis consilijs confecisti soli [...] citudines? Oh, what care hast thou wrought [...] mee, through thy meanes, or, aduyse, or, counsell?

27 Hic meus est carnifex, This is my scourg [...] or, tormentour.

27 Quid istuc tam mirum est? de te exemplum capit? What great wōder is that? he taketh example of thee.

28 Haud istuc dicas, si me cognôris, You woul [...] not say so, if you knew me well.

29 Cum patre altercâsti dudum, You multiplye [...] woordes with your father right now, or, ere [...] whyle.

30 Is nunc tibi succenset, Hee is now angry with thee, or, he hath now taken displeasure with the [...]

31 Non quiuitte hodie cogere vt faceres, He cou [...] in no wyse make, or, cause thee to doe it.

32 Scis aerumnas meas, Thou knowest what m [...] serye I am in.

34 Non postulabat quisquam, No man destre [...] or requyred, or, there was no man willing or about it.

[Page]35 Coactns tua voluntatees, Thou were com­pelled with thy good wil.

36 Nondum scis, Thou knowest it not yet.

37 Imo equidem sc [...]o, Yes mary I do knowe it wel inough.

38 Cur me enecas? Why dost thou kil my hart, or why dost thou molest me?

39 Nunquàm desti [...]it suadere, orare, instare, do­nec perpulit, vt dicerem, He neuer ceased coun­sayling, praying, and calling vppon mee, til he had made or caused me to say it.

40 Dauus interrurbat omnia, Dauus troubleth altogeather, or, bringeth al in the bryers, Da­uus marreth all.

41 Mihi deos satis scio fuisse iratos qui illi auscul­tauerim, I know very well that God was dis­pleased with me, that I gaue eate vnto him, or, that I was ruled by him, or, that I follo­wed his counsayle.

42 Quid ais scelus [...] What sayest thou varlet, or, villayne?

43 Dij tibi dignum factis exitiūdent, God geue thee mischiefe as thou hast deserued, or, God geue thee death according to thy desartes.

44 Si omnes hunc coniectum in turbas inimici vellent, quod nisi hoc consilium darent? If all the ennemits he hath would desyre to cast him into trouble, what other counsell woulde they geue him then this?

45 Deceptus sum, I was deceyued or beguyled.

46 Hac non successit, alia agrediemur via. It hath not prospered, or come to effect this waye, [Page] now I will assay another way.

47 Primo processit parùm, At first it prospered but shrewdly, or, at the beginninge it went for­ward but easely.

48 Non potest ad salutem conuerti hoc malum, This mischiefe can neuer be recouered, or, re­medied, or, eased, or, this sore cannot be healed, or, recured.

49 Si aduigilaueris, If thou geue heede, and dot [...] thy good diligence.

51 Ego hoc tibi pro seruitio debeo, I owe you this of duty as beyng your seruaunt.

52 Conari manibus, pedibus, noctesqué & dies. To endeuour and do all that I can hande and foote day, & night, Manibus pedibusqúe, hand, and foote, that is to say with all our might, and with al good effect and diligence to vs possible Eras. in the Prouerbes.

53 Capitis periculum adire dum prosim tibi, To put my lyfe in aduenture and ieoperdye, so I might do you good.

54 Tuum est, It is your part.

54 Praeter spem euenit, It hath chaunced other­wyse then I trusted or hoped.

55 Parum successit quod ago, It commeth but easely to passe that I goe about.

55 Facio sedulò, I will do my diligence, or, the best I can.

56 Melius tu aliud reperi, Fynd, or, inuent yon some better thing.

56 Me missum fac, Let me alone.

57 Restitue in quem me accepisti locum, Re­store, [Page] or, set me agayne in the same place, or, case, or state, that thou foundest me in.

58 At iam opus est, But it must bee done by and by, at once quickly.

59 Concrepuit ostium, The dore creketh.

60 Nihil ad te, that is naught to thee, or it apper­tayneth not vnto thee, or, that hast thou naught to do withall.

In the second Sene,

Vbi vbi erit, inuentum tibi curabo & mecū ad­ductum, wher soeuer he be I shal fynd him out for you and bring him with me.

Anime mi noli te macerare, Deare hart do not hurt your bodye with thought.

Optimè mihi te offers, You meete me as well as can be.

Orare iussit, si se ames, herus, iam vt ad sese ve­nias, My mayster commaunded mee to desire you if you loue him, to come now vnto him.

Orat iam ad se vt venias, He prateth you to come to him.

Hoc malum integrascit, This mischiefe begin­neth now euen of fresh.

Siccine me opera tua nunc miserum solicitari? ought I pore soule, or, vnfortunate mā thus to be vexed, or, brought to woe, by thy helpe, or by meaues of thee? vnderstanding decet, or, opor­tet, by the figure Eclipsis, as afore we noted.

Age, si hic non insanit satis sua sponte instiga, Goe to, if he be not mad enough of himselfe, set him on or helpe him forward.

[Page]9 Aepedol ea res est, Forsooth that is euen the matter.

10 In moerore est, He is in sorrow.

11 Per oēs tibi adiuro deos, vel superos, I sweare to the by God, and all the sayntes in heauen.

12 Si capiundos mihi sciam esse inimicos om­nes homines, If I know that I should haue al the men in the world myne enemyes, or, against me, or, though I know that I should haue the displeasure of al men lyuing.

13 Hanc mihi expetiui, I haue desyred, or, my mynd hath bene to haue this woman.

13 Conucmunt mores, Our manners be one, or, our conditions agre.

14 Valeant qui inter nos dissiduum volunt, Fare wel they, or, a straw for them that would haue vs two at debate.

14 Hanc nisi mors mihi adimet nemo, There shall no man take away, or depart her from mee but death.

15 Non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc respō ­sum est, Not the answere of Apollo is truer then this. This is as true, as if God had spo­ken it

16 Volo ne per me stetisse credat, quò minus sic­ret, I would haue him thinke that there was no fault in me that it was not done.

18 Si id fieri not poterit faciam quod in procliui est, If that may not bee I will do that, that may easely be done, or, that commeth to hande, or, that myne owne mynde serueth mee best to doe. For here In procliui quod est, is expoun­ded [Page] by Petrus Marsus, in his commentaryes v­pon this place. Id est, quod sū procliuis, id est, inclinatus ob amorem, qui trahit animum. Itē in procliui est, quod facilè est, & ad quod sine magno labore discenditur. Plautus in his co­medye, entituled Captiui duo, and Caesar in his Commentaries, vseth procliue for facile, sim­pliciter.

[...] Videris miser aequè atque ego. You seeme to be in as ill case as I, or, you appeare to be in mi­serable case as well as I.

[...] Scio quid conêre, I knowe what thou goest about.

[...] Hoc tibi effectum reddam, I wil bring it you to passe.

[...] Huic non tibi habeo, ne erres, I haue it for this mā & not for you, that you be not deceiued.

[...] Sat habeo, I am content with that, or that is enough for me.

[...]2 Dies hic mihi vt sit satis ad agendum vereor, I feare that this day wil not suffice, or, will not be sufficient for me to do my busines.

[...] Ne vacuum esse me nunc ad narrandum cre­das, Thinke not that I am now at leasure to talke, or to tell tales.

[...]4 Hinc vos amolimini, Get you hence. Amoli­mini, i. auferte (inquit Nonius) citing this place of Terence Pacuuius, non tu hinc è conspectu amolire? Sisenna, Impedimentum omne de i­tineribus amoliuntur. i. auferunt. Ergo vos hinc amolimini, id est, vos hinc aufertè, vos hinc [...]e­cipite: recedite, abite, ex Petr▪ Mars.

[Page]4 Mihi impedimento estis, you let me or hinder me.

25 Quò hinc te agis, id est recipis, confers? Whi­ther goest thou?

25 Verum vis dicam? Wilt thou that I say truth▪

26 Quid me fiet, what shall become of me?

27 Non sat habes impudens, quod tibi dieculam addo? Art thou not content (shameles felowe) that I win or get thee a day or two.

31 Domi ero, I wil be at home.

31 Parumper operire me hic Tarye mee here a litle whyle.

32 Facto opus est, It must nedes be done.

32 Matura, Hye, or, make hast.

32 I am hic adero, I wilbe here agayne by and by

In the third scene.

6 Quid istuc obsecro est? What is that I besech thee? or, what meaneth this thy deede I pray theer

7 Opus est mihi tua exprompta memoria, I had neede that thou shew thy good wit, or, I must needes haue thee shew thy good wit.

Memoria, id est, ingenio, exprompta. i. vt ex­promatur, & exerceatur.

10 Ante nostram ianuam humi depone, Lay it downe on the ground before our dore.

12 Quamobrem id tute non facis? Why dost not thou it thy selfe?

15 Noua nunc religio te istaec incessit, This holi­nes or superstition is come vpō thee but of late.

16 Moue te ociùs, Goe on, or, get thee hence at once, or, hye apace.

[Page]18 Repudio consilium, quod primum intenderā, I renounce and forsake now my first pretence, or, I leaue of now the counsel, purpose, or de­uise, which I first pretended or purposed. In­tenderam i, proposueram institueram, taken by a Metaphore, or translation of the hunters, or fishers. For Intendere is to lay abroade, or, to set their nets, or els of y^• shoters that haue their bowes bent,

Cicer in Catone. Intentum animum tanquàm arcum habebat, nec languens succumbebat se­nectuti.

19 Nescio quid narres, I can not tell what you say, or I knowe not, or, I wot not what you meane by your saying.

19 Hinc ab dextera venire me adsimulabo, I wil make as though I came this other way on the right hand.

20 Subseruias orationi vtcunque opus sit verbis, See that you vpholde and helpe my tale with wordes as neede shall requyre

22 Ego quid agas nihil intelligo, I perceyue not where about you goe.

23 Si quid est quod mea opera opus sit, If there be any thing that my helpe be required in.

24 Ne quod vestrum remorer commodum. That I may not let or hinder you of any pleasure.

In the fourth Scene.

1 Reuertor postquam quae opus fuerunt paraui, Nowe that I haue ordeyned and made readye such thinges as needed I am come agayne.

[Page]5 Reliquit me homo, atque abijt, The felowe hath left me alone, and is gone hys wayes.

6 Quid turbae est apud forum? What a doe, or, how much adoe is abroade?

6 Quot illic hominum litigant? Howe many per­sonnes be their stryuing and chiding.

7 Tum annona cara est, Besides that, corne is at a high price.

8 Quae haec est fabula? What aray haue we here, Or, what a reckning is this? or, what haue we here adoe?

9 Puer hic vndè est? From whence commeth this childe.

10 Satin' sanus es qui me id rogires? Art thou wel in thy wit, to aske that question of me?

11 Hic neminē alium video, I see no mā els here.

11 Miror vnde sit, I maruayle from whence hee commeth.

12 Concede ad dexteram, Come hether, to this side, or, come on the right hade.

13 Deliras Thou dotest, or, thou art folishe,

14 Verbum mihi vnum praeterquam quod te ro­go, faxis caue, Beware that thou speake not one woord to me, but that that I aske and de­maund of thee.

15 Dic clarè, Speake out aloude.

17 Quantum intelligo, As farre as I perceyue,

18 Adeon' videmur vobis idonei, in quibus sic il­ludatis, Seeme we vnto you so meete folkes with whom thus to dalye?

19 Veni in tempore, I came euen in season.

[Page]21 Caue ne quoquàm ex isto excedas loco, Be­ware that thou go not one foote out of the place thou standest in.

22 Dij te eradicent, ita me miseram territas, A vengeance light on thee, that so dost feare me.

23 Tibi ego dico, an non? Do I bid thee or not? or, do I speake to thee or not? or, I speak to thee do I not?

23 Quid vis? What wouldest thou?

23 At etiam rogas? And dost thou aske yet a­agayne?

24 Mitte id quod scio, dic quod rogo, Let passe that that I know, and tell me that I aske.

27 O facinus animaduertēdum, O deede worthy to be punished.

27 Quid clamitas? What a crying makest thou?

29 O hominem audacem, O [...]aucy bold felowe.

29 Vidi Cantharam suffarcinatam, I saw the wo­men Canthara tucked vp with her lappe ful of geare.

30 Dijs habeo gratias, I thanke God highly.

34 Tanto hercle magis dabit, In faith he wil geue it so much the sooner

35 Vttu scis sciens, I would thou shouldest wel know it.

36 Hunc in mediam viam prouoluam, I wil cast or tumble him in the middes of the streete.

37 Te prouoluam in Luto, I shal, or I wil tum­ble thee in the myre,

38 Tu non es sobrius, Thou art not wel aduysed.

39 Fallacia alia aliam tradit, One Falshoode [Page] or subtilty bringeth in an other.

39 I am susurrari audio, I heare such a whispe­ring.

40 Coactus legibus eam vxorem ducet, Hee shall be constrayned, or, compelled by the law to ma­ry her.

42 Iocularium in malum insciens penè incidi. I had de vnware almost fallen into a shrewde sporting matter. Donatus in his commētaries vppon this place, expoundeth. Iocularium pro graui & molesto ac nimio. Cato per antiphra sin, id est, contrarium [...] vel è contrario, as we [...] call ironicè bellum, quod minimè bonum est. Et Hieronimus, monachum quendam supinae negligentiae, nimium que oscitabundae dormitā ­tiae appellat Vigilantium.

42 Per tēpus aduenis, You are come in very good season, you come in pudding time.

44 Audiui omnia, I haue hard euery word.

45 Audiui a principio, I haue hard it euē frō the first word, or from the first beginning.

46 Hunc iam oportet in cruciatum hinc abripi, This felow should now bee had from hence to punishment, or it were wel done that he should be had &c.

47 Hic ille est, nō te credas Dauum ludere, This same is the man, thinke not that thou mockest me Dauus.

48 Nil pòl falsi diximi senex, In good sooth I spake neuer a word false, good old father.

49 Noui rem omnem I know al the matter.

50 Ne me a [...]tingas sceleste, Touch me not thou [Page] naughty fellow.

51 Inepte, nescis quid sitactum, Foolish felowe, thou knowest not whereabout I haue gone, or, wherefore this was done.

52 Alio pacto haud poterat fieri, It could not bee done any otherwyse: or, it could haue bene brought about, or, brought to passe none other­wyse.

53 Praediceres, Thou shouldest haue told me be­fore.

In the fift scene,

1 In hac habitasse platea dictum est Chrysidem, It was tolde me that Chrisis dwelled in this streate.

2 Inhonestè optauit mulier parare hic diuitias po­tius quàm in patria honestè pauper viuere, Shee desyred to get riches and goods in these parties, or, in this countrey, by misliuing, or, w^t dishonestly, after an other fashion, rather thē honestlye, or, with honesty, thē to liue lyke a poore woman in her owne countrie.

4 Eius morte, lege ad me redierunt bona, By his deceasse, his goods by the law are come to mē.

5 Quos perconter? Of whom shoulde I, or, may I enquyre?

6 Quem video? Whom do I see? or whom haue I espyed?

7 Saluus sis, God saue you.

9 Quo pacto hic? satin' recte? How do you heere? all well? or how is it with you here? al safe and in good health. s. agitur.

12 Haùd auspicatò hùc, me appuli, I am come he­ther [Page] in an vnlucky howre.

13 Si id scissem, nunquàm huc tulissem pedem, If I had knowen that, I woulde neuer ha [...] set forth foote hether.

17 Aliorum exempla commonēt, The example of others do teach, shew, or, testify.

18 Arbltror & aliquem amicum & defensore [...] esse. I thinke hee hath some friende and defender, helper, or ayder.

19 Grandiuscula iam profecta est illinc, She w [...] from thence, veynge alreadye of a meetlye goo [...] age and stature. For Grandis may be referre [...] to both.

22 Antiquum obtines, You kepe your old condicious, or, you are the old man, Plautus, antiqu [...] obtines hoc tuum, tardus vt sis: Thou kepe [...] thy old condition to be slow, or, that is thy cō dition of old to be slowe.

24 Nolo me in hoc tempore videat, I would no [...] he should see me now.

Out of the fift acte in the first Scene.

1 Satis spectata erga te amicitia est mea, M [...] good will and loue toward you, is wel ynough or, sufficiently proued, and knowen.

2 Satis periculi coepi adire, I had almost ieopar [...] ded farre enough, or, I began to put my self in peril enough.

2 Orandi iam finem fac, Now leaue your pray­ing, or, now pray me no more, or, no longer.

3 Studio obsequi tibi, I tender your pleasure, or I apply to follow your mynde, or, appetite, or, [Page] I would gladly follow your mynd:

4 Quam maximè abs te oro atque postulo. I de­sire and pray you with all my very hart.

5 Beneficium verbis initum dudum, nunc te com­probes, The benefite, or, pleasure erewhyle in woordes begunne and entred, nowe execute, or, accomplish in deede. Initum, id est, incoeptum, comprobes, id est, perficias.

6 Vide quàm iniquus sis prae studio. See how vn­teasonable you are for affection.

6 Dum efficias id quod cupis, quid me ores non cogitas. So that thou mayst bring to passe that that thou destrest, thou dost not thinke or re­garde what thou destrest.

8 Nam si cogites, remittas iam me onerare iniu­rijs. For an if you did, you woulde cease to o­uerlade, or, charge, or, comber me with vnreaso­nablenes.

10 Occupatus amore, Ouercommed, or, intang­led with loue.

10 Abhorrens ab re vxoria Defying maryage, or, nothing mynding to mary, or, set cleane against maryage: or, louing nothing worse then mary­age.

14 Nos missos face, Let vs alone, or, me.

15 Ne illis animum inducas credere, Let it not sinke in your hart or, stomake to beleeue them, or, to geue credence vnto them.

17 Haec sunt ficta omnia, All this is feygned, eue­ry whit.

17 Vbi ca causa, quamobrem haec faciunt erit a­dempta, desinent, When the cause, where­for [Page] they do al this, shall be taken away, they wil leaue, or, surcease.

19 Cum Dauo egomet vidi iurgantem ancillam My selfe saw the mayde chiding with Dauus▪

19 Erras, Thou art deceiued, or, beguiled, or, thou art wyde.

20 Vero vultu, Euen in good sadnes,

20 Ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat. Neither of them both had than yet perceiued that I was so nigh there.

21 Dauus dudum praedixit mihi, Dauus shewed, or, tolde me so right nowe, erewhyle, or a litle whyle agone.

In the second Scene.

1 Animo ocioso esse impero, I bid you, or, I charge you set your hart at rest, quiet, ease, or, set your hart in quiet at my worde.

2 Quid illud mali est, What ill chaunce, or what mischiefe is that?

4 Omnis res est in vado, Al the matter is safe, or in surety, or, out of daunger. Vadum est aquae fundus, in quo quisquis constiterit, is iam effugit periculum ne mergatur Eras. in Chiliad.

5 Herus est, quid agā? Here is my maister, what shall I do?

5 O salue bone vir, What? God saue you gentle man, or, honest man, or, gentlemans body.

6 Omnia apparata iam sunt intus, Al thinges are ready or in a readines now within.

6 Curasti probè, yee haue done wel, or, with great diligence.

7 Vbi voles, me accerse, Whan you wil, sende for me.

[Page]8 Quid istic tibi ne gotij est? What busines hast thou there, or, what makest thou there?

9 Modo introij, I went in but euen right now.

9 Quam dudum? How long agone, or, how longe synce?

10 An ne est intus Pamphilus? Is Pamphilus within?

10 Crucior miser, I am wrapped in woe pore so­ry wretch.

11 Non tu dixti esse inter eos inimicitias carni­fex? Diddest not thou tell mee that they were at debate, thou naughtye wretch, villayne or caytiffe?

15 Quum faciem videas videtur esse quantiuis pretij, When a man loketh on his face, He see­meth a right honest man, or, if a man shoulde take him by his coūrenāce he semeth an honest man, or, to loke to, or, to seeme to, hee appeareth to be as substantiall▪ as any man.

16 Tristis seueritas in nest in vultu atque in ver­bis fides, There is in his face, countenaunce, or looke, sad grauity, and in his wordes substan­cialnes, or truth.

[...]7 Quid nā apportas? What tydings bringest thou

18 Illum audiui dicere, I heard him say.

[...]0 Verbum si addideris, if thou speake one word more.

[...]0 Audi obsecro, Heare mee speake I beseech you.

[...]0 Sublimem hunc intro rape, Hoyse me this fe­low on thy backe, and cary him in.

[Page]22 Si me quiequam mentitum inuenies, occidito If you shal fynde that I haue made any lys, kyl me, or take my lyfe.

22 Nihil audio, I wil not heare one worde.

23 Ego iam te commotum reddam, I wil anger euery veyne in thy hart.

24 Cura asseruandum vinctum, Se that he bee kept fast in yrones.

24 Quadrupedum constringito, Bynde him and set him fast hand foote.

27 Ah ne saeui tantopere, Tush bee not so angry, or, so eiger, or, anger not thy selfe so.

28 Nonne te miseret mei? Do you not pitty me or, haue you no pitty on mee?

30 Ecquid te pudet? Art thou not ashamed?

In the third scene.

1 Quis me vult? Who woulde haue me?

2 Rem ipsam dic, Tel the very matter in deede, or the matter it selfe.

2 Mitte malè loqui, Leaue your chiding or foule language.

4 Ita praedicant, So they say.

5 O ingentem confidentiam, O meruaylous im­pudency, or, vnshamefastnes, or, boldnes.

6 Num cogisat quid dicat? Doth hee thinke, re­gard, or, passe what he sayth?

6 Num facti piget? is he any thinge sory for that that he hath done?

7 Num eius color pudoris signnm vsquā indicat? Doth his colour in any maner poynt shewe a­ny maner signe of shamefastnes?

8 Impotenti est animo, He is of an outragious [Page] wilful stomacke or appetite, or, he cannot ma­ster, subdue, restrayne, withdrawe, or, rule the passions of the mynde, for that is Impotentem esse.

8 Praeter ciuium morem, Contrarye to the cu­stome or vse of all other honest men.

[...] Praeter legem, Contrary to the law.

[...] Praeter sui voluntatem patris, Against the mind and will of his owne father.

10 Habere studet cum summo probro, He labou­reth to haue it, to his very great reproch, shame, & dishonesty.

11 Me miserum, Alas that euer I was borne.

11 Modòne id demùm sensisti? Dost thou per­ceiue, or, hast thou found that now at last, and neuer afore?

12 Ita animum induxti tuum, Thou hast so per­swaded thy selfe.

[...]4 Istuc verbum vere in te accidit, This worde may wel bee spoken or said of thee, or doth light vppon thee.

[...] Cur me excrucio? Why do I vexe my selfe.

[...] Cur me macero▪ Why do I frear my selfe a­way?

[...]7 An pro huius peccatis ego supplicium sufferā? Shall I suffer punishment for his offences, or where he hath offēded, or done amesse, or, for an other mans faultes?

[...]9 Cur me huius solicito amentia? Why do I trouble and vexe my selfe for his folly?

[...]1 Viceris You shall haue your owne mynde or pleasure.

[Page]22 Licet me pauca? may I speak a word or two? subauditur enim loqui.

26 Tibi me dedo, I submit me vnto you, or, I put me in your grace.

26 Quiduis oneris impone, Lay vppon me what burden you wil. or, charge mee with the strea­test imun [...]tion you wil, or, you please.

27 Vt potero feram, I wil suffer it as well as I may.

28 Hoc modo te obsecro, I desyre but this of you.

28 Ne credas à me allegatum hunc senem, thinke not that I haue brought, or caused to bee sent hither this olde man.

26 Sine me expurgem, Let mee cleare my selfe or let me make a purgation, or declaration.

29 Illum huc coram adducam, I wil fetch or bring him hether before your owne face.

30 Aequum postulat da veniam, He desyreth but reason, graunt that licence, or geue him leaue.

30 Sine hoc te e [...]orem, Let mee obtayne that of you, or, gra [...]e mee that my petition, or de­sire, or let me in [...]reate you this boune.

32 Pro peccato magno paululum, supplicij satis est patri, A little punishment for a greate faulte is enough to a farther, small correc­tion in hys Sonne for a great and ha [...]ous offence doth satisfye and contente a Father, or, a father thinketh small correction or pu­nishment, for a great offence to be enough in his sonne.

In the fourth scene.

1 Mitte me orare, Pray me no more.

4 Quid tu Athena [...] insolens? subaudi aduenisti? What makes thou at Athens being there such a straunger? or which commest so litle here? or, so seldome?

6 Méne quaeris? Dost thou aske for mee, or, dost thou seeke mee, or, wouldest thou haue me?

8 Tu ne hoc facias? Shalt thou do such a thinge?

8 Homines adolescentuli imperiti rerum, Young men hauing no experience of the worlde, or, not knowing the world.

6 In fraudem eos illicis, Thou bringest them to displeasure and inconuenience, or, thou enticest thē to that thing, wherby they shall haue hurt: or, thou tollest them into thy snare, or, into daū ­ger. Fraus is vsed in the old authors pro poe­na, vel pro eo vnde aliqua poena proueniat: V [...] ­pianus de aedilitio edicto L▪ Quū autē Veteres fraudem pro poena ponere solebant. Differunt tamē, inquit idem V [...]pianus poena & fraus quū fraus ne poena esse potest▪ poena sine fraude esse nō potest Poena enī est noxae vindicta, fraus & ipsa noxa est, & quasi quaedam poenae praepa­ratio. Hinc fraudi esse, est alicui adscribi aut vi­tio da [...]i, vnde pena aliqua proueniat. Ci. in o­oratione pro Sexto Roscio: id erit ei maximè fraudi. Idem in Phil. Eis fraudi ne sit, quod cū M. Antonio fuerint. Idem pro Cluentio. Quae res nemini vnquam fraudi, And è contrario. [Page] Sine fraude esse, est extra noxam esse, vel absqu [...] noxa & extra periculū. Titus Liui. ab vrbe con▪dita. Sua omne sine fraude Paeni deportant. Idē de bello punico, vt sine fraude punicum emitte­retur praesidiū. Lege Hadrianum de serm. La [...].

10 Sollicitando & pollicitando eorū animos lac­ [...]as▪ With entysing and fayre promising, thou feedest forth their myndes.

10 Sanusné es? Art thou wel in thy witte?

12 Metuo vt subste [...], I feare he wil not, or, is not able to hold his owne.

13 Si hunc nôris satis non ita arbitrere, If you knew this man throughlye, you would not so thinke.

13 Bonus hic est vir, This is an honest man.

16 Ni metuam patrem, But that I feare my fa­ther, or, if I were not afeard of my father: or, if it were not for feare of my father.

16 Habeo pro illa re illum, quod moneam probè I knowe what to tell him in his eare for that wel enough, or, I haue to put him in mynde of or to say to▪ for that thing well enough.

17 Sic est hic, This is his fashion, manners, or, condi [...]ions.

18 Si mihi pergit quae vult dicere, ea quae no [...] vult audi [...]t, If he continue to say his pleasure to mee, He shall he are that, shall bee litle to his pay. Erasmus in Chil.

20 Vera an falsa audieris, iam sciri potest. Whe­ther it be true or false that you haue hearde, it may now be knowen, or tryed.

21 Naui fracta [...]i [...]ctus est▪ His ship brake and [Page] he cast on land, or, he was cast to land at a ship­wracke.

23 Fabulam inceptat, He beginneth to fable, or, to tell a fayned matter.

24 Is mihi cognatus fuit, He was my kinsman, or cosin.

25 Eum recepit, He toke him into his house.

25 Audiui ex illo se esse Atticum, I heard him say, that he was of Athens.

26 Is ibi mortuus est, He died there.

28 Hoc certò scio. This I know for a suerty, or for certaynty I know this well.

29 Eadem haec multi alii tum audiuere, Many o­thers besydes heard euen the same.

30 Vtinam id sit quod spero. God graunt it be as I trust.

33 Arrige Aures, harken or geue a good eare.

35 Ille frater meus fuit, He was my brother,

36 Post illa nunc ptimum audio quid illo sit fa­ctum, Sens than, now is the first that euer I hearde what became of him, or, sith that tyme I ueuer heard of him till now.

37 Vix sum apud me, ita animus commotus est metu, I am almost out of my wittes, my mind is so troubled or vexed with feare.

40 Vnus mihi scrupulus etiam restat, qui me ma­l [...] habet, I haue one gnawing bone, or, doubte left or remayninge yet, which troubleth mee curstlye, or, shrewdlye. Scrupuli sunt parui la­pilli, & minuti, qui inter ambulandum insili­unt in calceos hominis, ac pedem torquent. [Page] Inde inij [...]re scrupulum, dicitur, qui sollicitudi­nem inij [...]it animo cuiuspiam: Terentiu [...] in A­delphis Inieci scrupulum homini. Erasmus▪ in Chiliad. I haue geuen him a bone to gnaw,

41 Dignus es cum tua religione odio. Thou art to be hated for thy p [...]eu [...]h superstition, or, I beshrew thee for this thy scrupulosity, or su­persticion.

41 Nodū in scirpo quaeris, Thou findest a doubte where none is, or thou are scrupulous and nee­dest not. Prouerbialis sententia est in hominem nimis diligentem aut mericulosum, qui illic scrupulum moueret vbi nihill esset ad dubitan­dum. Scirpus, Is a kynd of rushes playne, smooth, & without any knottes. Quanquam a­pud Gellium Scirpi dicuntur captiunculae ar­gutiae qúe Era [...]mus in Chiliad.

42 Nomen non conuenit, It is not the same or the right man.

43 Nunquid meministi? dost thou not remember it?

43 Id quaero, I study for it.

44 Ego ne id patiar meae voluptati obstare?

Should I suffer that thing to withstand, or to hinder my pleasure or ioy?

44 Ego possum in hac re medicari mihi, I can helpe, or ease, or remedy my selfe in this matter.

46 Ex ipso millies audiui, I haue heard himselfe speake it a thousand tymes,

46 Omnes nos gaudere hoc te credo credere. I beleue you thinke that we all be ioyous & glad [Page] of this thing.

47 Itá me dijament, As god helpe me.

47 Quid restat? What is to be done more [...] what remayneth [...]or, what is behynde?

48 Res reduxit me ipsa in gratiam, the thinge it selfe hath brought or made me at one.

48 O Lepidum pattem, O a gentle father, or, O a father for the nones, or, a father of pleasure and such a one as shoulde bee, or, O a pleasaunt father.

49 Causa optima est▪ It is very good reason.

51 Do [...]est decem talenti, Her dow [...]ye is fyue hū ­dred poundes Talentum enim erat qui [...]qua­ginta librae, ex Budeo,

52 Illum me haud nôsse credo, I think be kno­weth not me.

52 Rectè admones, You put me well in remem­braunce.

52 Dauo istue dedam negotij, I wil commit that busines vnto Dau [...]s.

56 Age fiat, Goe to, be it.

56 Ibo intrò, I wil goe in.

56 O faustum & faelicem hunc diem, O this is a lucky, happy, and blessed day.

In the fift Scene.

1 Prouiso quid agat, I c [...]me forth to see what he doth.

1 Atque eccum. And yonder he is.

1 Aliquis forsan putet, Some mā percase would thinke.

4 Mihi immortalitas parta est, I am in heauen, or, I would neuer desire any other heauē, or I [Page] would neuer desire any other heauen, or: I am now euen c [...]s [...]n to God almighty.▪

5 Si nulla aegritudo huic gaudio intercesserit. I no heauynes be mixt with this ioy.

6 Quem ego potissimùm nunc mihi ex op [...]em da ri, cui haec narrem? Whō should I most glad­ly desyre to meete withal now, to whō I migh [...] vtter or expresse and shew these thinges.

7 Nemo est quē mallem omnium, There is n [...] man aliue whō I would more gladly, or, mor [...] fayne haue.

7 Quid illu [...] gaudij est? What great ioy or glad­nes is that? Or, what maketh him so mery?

8 Hunc scio mea solidè gauisurum gaudia, I wo [...] or I know that hee wil be right ioyous & glad of my myrth and gladnesse: or, I know that h [...] will vnfaynedly reioyce in my mirth and glad­nesse.

In the sixt Scene.

1 Pamphilus, vbinám hic est? Wher is Pamphi­lus, hereabout?

2 Nescis quid mihi obtigerit. Thou knowest not what chaunce I haue had.

2 Quid mihi obtigerit scio, I know what chaūce my selfe haue had, or hath happened vnto my selfe.

3 Num ille somniat ea, quae vigilans voluit?

Doth not hee dreame that thinge which he de­syred wakinge? or, doth not hee dreame and thinke in hys sleepe that hee hath obtayned that thinge whereupon his mynd ran while he was waking?

[Page]10 Solus est quem diligunt dij, God loueth him as wel as any man: or, God loueth him no man better, or, he is God almighties de [...]ling

10 Saluus sum si haec vera sunt, I am wel, or, in good case, or, sa [...]e: or, I am a made man for euer if this be true, or if this be so.

11 In tempore ipso mihi aduenis, you come in ve­ry good season, in pudding tyme.

12 Me in secundis respice, Loke vppon me now in your prosperity.

13 Facturum quae voles, scio esse omnia. I know he will do all thinges, that you wil haue him to doe.

14 Longum est nos illum expectare dum ex [...]at It is, or it would be to long tyme for vs to [...]a­ry and loke for him til hee come forth.

15 Sequere hac me, Come after me this way, or follow m [...] [...]eare away, or come on with me.

16 Quid stas? Why standest thou still, or, why goest thou not?

16 Quid cessas? Why art thou so slow?

17 Nec expect [...]tis dum ex [...]ant huc Cary not for them til they come forth agayne hither.

In the first Act, the first Scene.

[...] Quid igitur faciam? What shal I then do, or, wel what shal I do?

[...] Non eam? Shal I not go [...]

[...] Accersor vltrò. I am sent for without any byd­ding, or, of her owne mynd.

[...] Si quidem hercle posses, nihil prius neque for­tius. In deede if ye would so do, there were no­thing better, nor more meete or seeming for a stoute man.

[...] Si incipies neque perficies gnauiter. If a man should begin a thing, and not goe thorough withall stoutely, lustely, or like a man.

[...] Pati non poteris▪ Thou wilt not bee able to a­byde it.

8 Vltro ad eam venies, Thou wilt come vnto her of thyne owne accorde or mynd, or vnsent for.

10 Eludit vbi te victum senserit, He wil laugh the to scorne, when he shall perceyue thee so tender harted, or to yeeld.

11 Dum est tempus, Whyle tyme is.

[Page]11 Etiam atque etiam cogita, Be very wel adu [...] ­sed, or looke well vpon the matter in any wise▪

14 In a more haec omnia insunt vitia. In loue b [...] all these faultes, or, loue hath al these faultes, in­commodities, or, displeasures.

19 Quod nunc tute tecum iratus cogitas, Tha [...] that you beyng angry, cast nowe and thinke in your mynd.

20 Sine modo, Let me alone hardly.

21 Mori me malim, I had rather dye.

21 Sentiet qui vir siem, He shal know what a fel­low I am.

24 Te vltro accusabis. Thou wilt willinglye ac­cuse thyne owne selfe, or, complayne on thyne own selfe, or, shew thine own fault, or yelde thine owne selfe.

25 Dabis ei vltro supplicium, Thou wilt be wel content that he shall punish thee.

27 Prudens, sciens, viu [...]s, vidensqúe pereo, I dye beyng ware, or, witting, and knowing thereof, beyng alyue, and seyng, or, I am wilfullye cast away.

29 Redimas te captum quā queas minimo▪ Re­deme or [...]unsome thy selfe, beyng taken priso­uer, as good cheape as thou maist, or, if you be in any daunger, come out agayn as wel as you may.

31 Ne te afflictes, Neuer vexe your selfe.

31 It [...]ne suades? Doest thou geue mee such coun­sayle, or, doest thou so adurse me?

35 Quod nos capere oportet, hic intercipit, [Page] That profite that wee should haue, this fellow taketh vp afore.

In the second Scene.

Vereor ne grauius tulerit, I feare lest he was discontented, or, I feare that hee toke the mat­ter greuously. Grauiùs pro grauiter: compara­tiue degree vsed for the post [...]iue, Ex Laurentio Valla. And the comparatiue so vsed we qualifie by adding this somewhat: as, Paulò grauius, somwhat greuously, or, displeasantly.

Vereot ne aliorsum atque ego feci acceperit, I feare lest he toke it otherwise thē I did it for Aliorsū, to an other end or purpose, or another way: and it may be sayd Aliorsum atque, Aliorsū quam, aliorsum ac.

Heri intromissus non est, He was not let in ye­sterdaye, or, he was made stande without dore yesterday, or, he could not get in yesterdaye.

Totus tremo horreoqúe postquam aspexi hunc.

I tremble and quake euery part of my bodye, when I see or loke vppon this fellow.

Bono animo es, Be of good cheere, or, take a good heart.

Accede ad ignem, Come to the fyre.

Iam calesces plus satis, Yee shalbe as hote as coles by and by.

Hem, tun' hic eras? What were you heare?

Quid hic stabas? why did you stand here?

[Page]7 Cur non rectè intro ibas? Why came you no [...] in streight?

9 Mihi patent fores, The dore is open for mee.

10 Sum apud te primus in amore, I am your bes [...] beloue, or you loue me best of all.

10 Missa ist aec facito. Let these thinges passe.

11 Vtinam esset mihi pars aequa a moris tecum. Would God thy loue and myne were like.

13 Vtinam hoc tibi doleret, itidem vt mihi dolet▪ would God this grieued thee, as it gieeueth mee.

14 Vtinam istuc abs te factum nihili penderem. Would God I could set litle by this that thou hast done.

15 Ne crutia te obsecro anime mi, Vexe not your selfe I beseech you sweete hart, or, deare Harte, or, pigges nie, I pray you fret not your selfe.

16 Non quô quenquam plus amem, Not that I loue any man better then you.

17 Eô feci, Therefore I did it.

17 Ita res erat, Such was the case.

17 Faciundum fuit, It was needeful to be done or I might not chose but do it.

18 Credo misera prae a more exclusit hunc foras, I weene the poore soule, or, poore sely woman shut him out of the dores for loue. Foràs is v­sed with verbes that betokē going, or mouing forthward, as gett thee forth, Exi foràs I must goe forth. Eundum est mihi foras.

Ouidius.

[Page] Ipse licet venias Musis comitatus Homere, Si nihil at [...]uleris▪ ibis Homere foras.

Foris, to vsed with verbes be tokening beyng, or, resting in a place, abroade, or from home: as my father is forth. Pater est foris. I haue some thing to do at home, but abroad I haue no bu­sines, Est mihi domi quod agam, foris nihil est negotij.

19 Siccine ais? Sayst thou so?

19 Qua gratia te huc accersi iussi ausculta, Heare now the cause why I bad you to be gone for, or called. Accerso, is, iui, accersere, & arcesso of the third coniugation is to go call. Denotat enim actum corporis. Ex Val. cap. 23, lib. 1. elegan­tiarum, Accerso, is, iui, ire, of the fourth coniu­gation is to cal. Albeit, Accersio as (Valla sayth in the place aboue cyted) ys oftentimes vsed for Accerso. Neuertheles, Accerso doth also signify to send for, or cause to to be called, as Pater & Praeceptor accersunt te, Thy father and thy mayster hath sent for thee.

20 Dic mihi hoc primùm, Tell mee this first.

21 Potisne est hic tacere? Can this fellow keepe any counsell?

22 Lege hac, On this condition.

22 Tibi meam astringo fidem, I promise you faythfully, or, by my fayth.

[...]3 Quae vera aud iui [...]aceo & contineo optimè, Such thinges as I heare true, I can hold in, and kepe secrete very well Taceo and conti­neo, here be taken for on thinge, and the one doth expound the other. For this coniunction [Page] copulatiue, and is oft tymes put for id est.

24 Sin falsum aut vanum, aut fictum est, continu [...] palàm est, But if it be false, or, a lye, or, els vn­likely, & to no purpose, or els, fayned by sub­t [...]ty, out it goeth by and by. Donatus in com­mentarijs. Falsum est quod regitur id quod fac­tum est. Vanum, quod fieri non potest. Fictum quod non est factum, & fieri potuit, Vel: Fal­sum est fictum mendacium simile veritati: Va­num, nec possible, nec verisimile. Fictum to [...] [...]ine vero, sed verisimile. Falsum loqui menda­ci [...] est. Vanum stul [...]i▪ fictum calidi. Falsum lo­qui culpae est. Fictum▪ virtutis Vanum veco [...] ­d [...]. Falsis decipim [...]r. Fictis delectamur. Van [...] contemnimus▪ And Contineo for taceo, Meta­phora est à vasis liquorem continentibus, [...] metaphore, or translation taken of vessels th [...] can hold liquor and not leake, nor runne out▪

25 Plenus rimarum sum, hàc atque illàc perfluo▪ I am ful of chappes, or hooles, and runne out or, leake at this place, and that place, or eue [...] where. Tracta metaphora à vasis fractis, rim [...] ­sis, miniméque liquoris continentibus. Perfluo­ris, luxi, Perfluere, perfluxum, is to runne out [...] euery part, or, on euery syde. Vt Lagena ma [...] materiata, vel malè compacta perfluit, Lage­na, is an earthen ca [...]ken, or pitcherd, more v­sed for wyne then for water, which if it bee no [...] iust made or els crased, it wil leake and run [...] out in euery place.

Caue illi quicquam committas quod [...]acitum▪ [Page] velis, nam vndiqúe perfluit. Beware that you trust not him, with any thing that you would haue kept secrete, for he runneth out in euery part, as a broken pitcherd.

So in this place, hàc, atque illàc perfluo, id est, in modum non fidelis lagenae, quae mihi com­mittuntur▪ effūdo. And transfluo is of the same signification, that perfluo is Valla. lib. 5. eleg. cap. 31

26 Taceri si vis, vera dicito. If thou wilt haue it kept secret, tel truth.

27 Ea habitabat Rhodi, She dwelleth at Rhodes.

30 Arbitror, certum non scimus, So I thinke, but the truth, or, certaynty we know not.

31 Matris nomen & patris dicebat, He tolde the name of his father and mother, or, he told the names of his parentes.

33 Per aetatem non potuerat, Hee could not, hee was so young, or, because he was very young, an elegant manner of speakinge, obserued and noted apud Hadrianum Cardinalem de ser. lat. Pl [...]. Epist. 190. Totum denique ordinem rei▪ cui per aetatem non interfuisti, yea & al the whole course, or, order of the matter, al which doyng you were not present, because you were very young. Liuius ab vibe condita, qui per aetatem ac valetudinem poterant which were of age and in health, able so to do, or els, which were neyther so young nor sicke, but that they myght. Ibidem, omnes qui per aetatem arma ferre possēt, Al that were of age, able to weare [Page] harnes Cicer. Caio. Mario. Cum per aetatem posses venire tamen noluisti. Whereas, or▪ when you were of age able enough, yet you would not come.

34 Mercator hoc addebat, The Marchant sayd [...] this moreouer, or, further.

36 Mater coepit educare ita vt si esset silia, M [...] mother began to bring her vp as if she had ben [...] her owne daughter. Where note the vse of th [...] tenses of verbes. It is to be sayde in the Lat [...] authors of old time, here, esset, and not fuisse [...] and yet manye, etiam qui sibi videntur esse all [...] quid posteriore loquendi modò nunquàm no [...] vtuntur.

38 Sororem plerique esse credebant meam. Many beleued her to be my sister, Or, many [...] thought verely that she was my sister, or, man [...] beleued surely that she had bene my sister, an [...] the Latine phrase sayth esse and not fuisse.

40 Mihi reliquit haec quae habeo omnia, Hee le [...] me al this that I haue.

41 Vtrumque hoc falsum est, Both this is fals [...]

44 Sine me pe [...]uenire quo volo, Let me come [...] that poynt that I would, or, suffer me to sa [...] that I would, or suffer me to tel out al my ta [...]s [...]pan [...]

45 Me a mare occaeperat, He began to loue me, Occaeperat for Coeperat, The compound fo [...] the simple.

49 In Cariam profectus est, He went forth or h [...] is gone forth, or he hath taken his iourney int [...] the countrey of Ca [...]ia.

46 Interea loci, In the meane time, or, in y^e mean [...] [Page] space. Donatus in his commentares vppon the second Scene of the second Act of the same co­medye readeth interea loci as it were one word Dia to hyphen, id est, per subunionem▪ Sub­unio is a marke that the Greekes vse whē two sundrye dictions or vocables are to bee ioyned into one, and so readeth Donate here, Interea loci. Vt pronuncietur acuta antepenultima: Duae, inquiens, partes orationis cum coniunctae vnam fecerint, mutant accentum. Interea loci ergo, id est, interea, in the meane whyle in the meane tyme or space.

[...]7 Post illa. i. ab eo tempore Since that time. Li­nacre in his sixt booke, which is intituled De figuris constructionum of the figures of con­struction, vnderstandeth tempora, and likewise in posteà, and sayth that in these and such other maner of speakinges, as Ex quo, ex eo, ex illo, postea, post illa, &c is Eclipsis of this noune tē ­pus, as in these examples. Virg. Ex quo Titides. Idē. Ex illo fluere ac retrò sublapsa reserri. Sue­ton in the lyfe of Domitianus. Neque cessauit ex eo tempore, and likewyse in such as this. Ver. Ante expectatum positis stat in agmine castris, for ante expectatum tempus. But as the same Linacre in an other place noteth, Post illa, is an Aduerbe of tyme, or vsed aduerbiallye, and is made on worde of twayne. by Subunton, like as Interea loci next afore.

[...] Mea consilia tibi credo omnia. I commit all my secrets vnto you, or, I trust you with all [Page] my counsayle, or, I shew you allmy counsayle, or, I hide none of my secrets or counsaile from you.

39 Ne hoc quidem tacebit, He wil not keepe that secrete.

49 Dubium ne id est? Is there any doubt of that or▪ is that any doubt?

50 Hoc agite amâbo, I pray you take heede to this, properly sayd in Latin as afore in Andria: Simo, Hoccine agis an non? Doest thou take heed to this that I say, or, not?

Ego vero istuc s▪ ago Yes forsoth syr (aunswea­reth Dauus)

50 Mater mea illic mortua est. My mother died there.

51 Aliquantùm ad rem est auidior, Hee is some­what couetous for to get money. Beade Lau­rentiúm Val libro primo elegantiarum cap. de­cimo sexto, These aduerbes Tantùm, quātùm, aliquantùm, multúm, paulùm, with others like be ioyned with positiues, and wordes of like signification with positiues as Tātùm probus quantùm doctu [...], as honest, as wel learned. Quantùm potes, tantùm elabora, Laboure so much as thou mayst, Tantò, qnantò, aliquantò, multò, paulò, with other like, bee ioyned with comparatiues as Cicer. Quantò maior es, tā ­tò te geras summissiùs, The higher, or, greatter man that thou art, so much the more lowly be­haue thy selfe. Yet this notwithstanding, for as much as the sayde woordes, Tantùm [Page] quantùm, aliquantùm, &c. are chaunged into the nature of Aduerbes, therefore they may sometymes be vsed for Tantò quantò, and the others ending in o, especially if there be not such contraposition, or two diuers things, that is to say, expresse and plaine setting of one con­trary agaynst another.

52 Forma videt honest a virginem, He saw that it was agoodly fayre mayden, or, hee saw that the mayde had a very good face, or, was verye well faced, or, ful of beuty.

53 Precium sperans illicò producit, ac vendit. He trusting to get money, or, to bee a gayner by it, set it out to sale, or, set it out, and sold, or, made money of it.

54 Fortè fortuna adfuit hic meus amicus, As happe was, this my frend was present.

55 Emit eam dono mihi, He bought her to geue vnto me.

56 Imprudens harum rerum ignarusqùe omniū, Vnware, and vnknowen of all these thinges, or matters.

57 Postquam sensit me tecum rem habere, Whē he perceyued, that I had to do with you, or, af­ter that he perceiued, that there were matters betweene you and me,

58 Fingit causas, He picketh quarels, or he fin­deth excuses, or, lettes, or, occasions.

58 Si fidem habeat, If he might beleue, or, if hee mighte bee in suerty, or, if hee might surely trust.

59 Ait se ire praepositum tibi apud me, He [Page] sayth that hee shall, or, shoulde bee more set by, more made of, or, more in fauour with me then thou.

61 Ait velle seillam mihi dare, He sayd that hee would geue her vnto met.

61 Ait se id vereri, He sayth that he? feareth that.

62 Quantum ego suspicor, As faras I thinke, mistrust, or, deeme.

63 Ad Virginem animum adiecit, Hee fet or cast his mynde, affection, hart, or loue vnto the mayde

65 Multae sunt causae quamobrem cupio, There be be many causes, wherefore I would fayne.

67 Vt eam suis restituam ac reddā, That I may restore, and surrender or deliuer her vnto her parentes, or, kinsfolkes.

67 Sola sum, I am alone woman.

67 Habeo hic neminem, neque amicum, neque cognatū. I haue no man here or in these parts neither friend nor kinsmen. Three negattons sometymes do make a more strong, or, vehemēt negation, or, deniall. Cic in Tusc▪ questionibus. Nihil nec disputare, nec scribere praeter misi, I Haue nothing let passe neither to dispute reason, debate, nor to wryte.

69 Cupio aliquos parare amicos beneficio meo. I would fayne make, gette or purchase some friendes by some benefite, or, pleasure, doing or she wing.

79 Amâbo adi [...]ta me, I pray you helpe me, Amâbo, is an Abuerbe of praying, and is the same thing that we say in Englishe, as euer I [Page] shal loue you, or as euer I shall do you a good tourne, or, pleasure &c. and it hath the seconde syllable longe Amâbo as some pronounce it.

70 Adiuta me quò id fiat facilius Helpe me that it may be the more better or more casely done.

71 Sine illum priores partes per hosce aliquot dies apud me habere. Suffer him to haue the prehe­minence with mee, or, in my house for a few dayes, or, for these two or three dayes.

72 Nihil respondes? Make you me none answere at all? or, will you not speake to me? For in such manner of speakings, wher as the phrase of the English tongue vseth to speak by the fu­ture tyme, the Latine men speake by the present tence.

73 Ego quicquàm cum istis factis tibi respon­deam? Should I make thee any aunsweare, or, should I speak vnto thee, doing by me as thou dost?

74 Laudo, I can thee thanke, or, I cōmend thee.

74 Vir es. That is a man.

75 Ego nesciebam quorsum tu ires. I knew not to what ende you would bring your tale, or, I could not tel to what purpose, effect, or, ende, your tale should come.

76 Paruula hinc est abrepta, She was taken, cō ­ueyed, or, stoll [...]n away from hence, when shee was but a little one, or, when she was a very li­tla gyrle.

78 Omnia haec verba huc redeunt denique, All these woordes at last come to this poynt

78 Ego excludor, ille recipitur, I am shut out o [...] [Page] doores, and he is receiued into the house, or, I am put out of dores, and he is taken in.

79 Qua gratia? wherefore, or, for what cause?

80 Illum plus amas quam me, Thou louest him better then me.

81 Istam times quae aduecta est, ne illum talem praeripiat tibi, Thou art afearde of this may­den that is newe come to the towne, least that she should beguile thee of him, beyng such a iol­ly fellow, or, him beyng a man of such pryce, or so greatly to be set by, or, beyng such a peece.

8 [...] Egone id timeo? Am I afeard of that? or, do I feare that?

82 Quid te solicitat? cedò. What thing troubleth your myndite [...] me.

83 Num solus illa dona dat? Doth no man geue no giftes but he? Num in asking a question is properly vsed, where the aunswere is to bee made by non: & an, wher the aunswere is to be made by Ità etiàm, or, by some other worde of affirmatton, or, graunting, as wel appeareth in the translation of Aristotles Problemes.

84 Nuncubi meam benignitatem [...]enfisti in te claudier? Haue you perceyued my liberality, or goodnes towardes you, to halt to fayne, or, to be flacke, at any tyme, or in any thing.

85 Vbi mihi dixti cupere te, After you had told me that you were defyrous, & fayne.

86 Relictis rebus omnibus quaesiui, All other thinges let alone I sought it, or, leauyng all o­ther busines. I fet it or sought for it.

[Page]89 Heri minas viginti pro ambobus dedi, I payed yesterday xx pound for them twayne.

90 Haec habui in memoria, I remembred, this geare well, or, I bere these thinges well in mynde.

91 Ob haec facta ab [...] te spernor, For all that I haue done this much for thee, thou settest naught by mee: or, al these thinges notwithstā ­ding thou dost not regard me, or thou desp [...]sest me, or, hast me in contempt.

93 Hac re arbitror, id fieri posse maximè, I thinke that it may best or sonest bee brought to passe by this meanes, or by this thinge doing.

95 Potius quam te inimicum habeam faciam, vt iusseris, Rather then I wil leese a friend of you I wil do as you shall commaund me, or rather then I will haue your displeasure, I will doe as you bidde me, or rather then I wil haue you at debate with mee, I will do as you woulde haue me to do,

96 Vtinam istue verbum ex animo, ac verè dice­res, Would God thou spekest that word with thy hart, & truely, or, without any dissimulattō.

97 Siistuc crederem syncerè dici, If I might thinke, or, beleue that to be spoken without any cloke, or, fayning.

97 Quid vis possem perpeti, I could suffer, or, I could be content, to abide and indure any thing whatsocuer it were.

98 Labascit, victus est vno verbo, He fayneth, or, geueth ouer, and is ouercōmed with one poore woord.

[Page]99 Ex animo dico, I speake it with my hart. Quam rem voluisti à me quin perfeceris? What thing did you euer require of me, but that you had your purpose, or what thing haue you euer willed mee to doe, but that you haue had your mynd, or, but that you haue brought it to passe and effect?

100 Impetrare abs te nequeo I can not obtayn [...] of thee.

105 Profecto non plus biduum, In good sooth no more but two dayes. It is to be noted that the Latine men did elegantly vse Plus in such maner speaking (as this is) ioyned some times with the nominatiue, and sometymes with the accusatiue, and sometymes with the ablatyue indifferently: examples of Plus ioyned with the nominatiue.

Liuius de bello mar. Plus quingenta [...]ominū [...]eciderunt More then fiue hundred men were slayne. Idem de bello punico. Hominum eo die eaesa plus duo milia, That daye were slayne more than two thousand men. Plus ioyned with y^• accusatiue Caelius Ciceroni. Hic multum ac diu ludctur, atque ita diu, vt plus biennium in his trieis moretur Here shal bee much and long dalying, and that so long, that we shal continus aboue twoo yeres in these incombraunces, or combrous busines, Cato in re rustica. Ne plus quatuor digitos transuersos emineant Let them not stand or aryse vp aboue the breadth of four fingers Vitruuius. Ita a pariete distant, vt ne plus pateat palmum. Let them so be set distaunt [Page] from the wall that there be no more space lefte betweene, then the breadth of a mans hand. Plus ioyned with the ablatiue, Cic. in that his oration pro P. Quincio. Ac tecum plus anno vixit in Gallia, & hee made his abode with you in Galla, more then one whole yeare. Idem in the oration pro Pla [...]o. Nō possum dicere eum praefuisse, neque possum negare eū abfuisse, sed non plus duobus aut tribus mensibus. I can not say that hee was continuallye presente, nor I cannot deny, but that he was away or absent but not aboue two or three moneths in all. Liuius de bello punico, ab vtraque parte sex­centis plus ped itibus, & demidium eius equi­tum [...]ecidit, Of either part were slaine of foot­men more then sixe hundred, and of horsemen halfe of the same number. Read. Hadr de ser­mo Lat.

106 Non fiat hoc modo, It shal not bee so, or, it shal not so be done.

106 Sinete exorem, Let me entreat you.

107 Scilicet faciundum est quod vis, Yie mary I must nedes do as you would haue mee.

107 Meritò te amo, I haue good cause to loue you, or, my loue is wel bestowed on you.

107 Bene facis, You do wel, or wel sayde,

108 Rus ibo, I wil go into the countrey.

109 Ita facere certum est, I am vtterly determi­ned or appoynted so to do.

109 Mos gerendus est I haidi, I must bee ordred or ruled by Thais or, I must do as Thais bid­deth me.

111 In hoc biduum vale, F [...]e you wel, [...], God [Page] he with you for these two dayes.

112 Tu nun quid vis aliud? Wyl you any thing else?

114 Dies noctesqúe me ames, Loue mee both da [...] and night.

114 Me desideres, Wish for me.

115 Me somnies, Dreame of me.

115 De me cognes, Think al on me, or let alyou [...] mynde be on me.

116 Me te oblectes, Let all your delyte pleasur [...] or, felicity be in me onely.

118 Foisan mihi paruam habet fidem, Percas [...] he geueth small credence vnto me, or percase h [...] beleueth, or, [...]rustet [...] me nor very well.

119 Ex aliorum ingen [...]s meiudicat, He iudget [...] or deameth me by the nature or disposition o [...] others.

120 Ego qui mihi sum conscius, I the which kno [...] myne owne hart, breast, or, thought.

120 Hoc certò scio. This I know for a surety.

121 Scio me non finxisse falsi quicquam. I know [...] or, I am right sure, that I haue not forged a­ny thing at all false or vntrue,

123 Quicquid huius feci. i quod nunc feci, What soeuer it is that I haue now done.

123 Causa virginis feci, I did it, or I haue don [...] it for the maydens sake.

124 Spero me propemodū iam repperisse, I trust I haue almost found it now.

126 Is hodie venturum, ad me constitui [...]domum, He [...] [...] appoyntmēt to come to my house this day.

[Page]127 Concedam hiuc intrò, I wil get me hence in▪

127 Expectabo dum venit, I shal tary and looks for him till he come.

In the second Act, in the first Scene.

1 Fac ita vt iussi, Do as I did commaund thee▪

2 Satisne hoc mandatum est tibi? Is this bid­ding enough for thee? or, needest thou any more bidding then this?

4 Vtinam tam aliquid inuenire facile possis quàm hoc peribit, Would God you could finde or get some good thing so wel, or, so surelye, as this shalbe lost and cast away.

6 Ne istuc tam iniquo patiare animo, Take not this so vnkyndly.

7 Quin effectum dabo, Tush I wil bring it to passe, or, do it.

7 Nunquid aliud imperas? Wil you commaūd me any other seruise?

8 Munus nostrum ornato verbis quod poteris Set out my gift with woordes, as much, or as, wel as thou canst.

10 Memini etsi nullus moneas, I remember her well enough, though you speake neuer a word

11 Censes me posse perpeti? thinkest thou that I shall be able to abyde or indure ii?

12 Non hercle arbitror. In good sooth I thinke nay.

14 Opus faciam, I wil worke and labour.

[Page]16 Eijcienda haec mollities animi, This tende [...] nes, or, nicenes of hart must be put away.

17 Nimis mihi indulgeo, I follow mine owne appetite to much.

17 Ego non illa caream, si sit opus vel totum tri▪duum? Could not I lacke her, or could not [...] abyde out of her company, although it were for whole three dayes togeather, if neede were.

18 Vide quid agas. See, or, beware what you d [...]

18 Stat sententia, I am vtterly determined, or, appoynted, or, mynded.

19 [...]ijboni quid hoc morbi est? Good lord, what manner of sicknes, or, disease is this?

20 Ade [...]ne homines immutari, vt non cognosca [...] eundem essei Is it possible for men to be so fa [...] chaunged, that a man cannot knowe whether one be the same man or not? In such manner speakinges by the Infinitiue mode put abso­lutely, Valla vnderstandeth Itáne ve [...]m est, as here, Itane verúm est adeò homines immutari▪ &c, Linacre in y^• sixt boke of his latten grāme [...] which is entituled of the figures of constructi­on, saith that it is Eclipsis of oportet decet. &c. The good iudgment of a diligent Reader can not misse nor fayle, to supply such verbes as y^• place and sence shall require.

22 Quis hic est qui hue pergit, What is he [...]ond that commeth hetherward?

23 Ducit secum vnà Virginem, Hee bringeth [...] mayden with him.

In the second Scene.

1 Dij immortales homini homo quid praestat? [Page] Good Lord in heauen. how much is some one man better then another?

2 Stul [...]o intelligens quid interest? What diffe­rence is betweene a foole and a wyse man?

2 Venit in mentem mihi, It cōmeth to my mind, or remembraunce, or, I begin to remember.

3 Conueni hodie quendam mei loci atque ordi­nis. I spake with one to day of my degree and ordre, or, state, or, behauiour▪ Donat. expoun­deth it thus, Mei loci. i ingenium, Free borne, ordinis i pauperum, Poore. Illud natalium, hoc fortunae est, the one, that is to wit, Loci, hath respect and relation to the degree of byrth, Or­dinis, doth referre the behauiour in goods, and the state of Fortune.

4 Conueni hominem impurum, patria qui abli­gurie [...]a [...]bona. I haue talked with a naughty fe­low, that hath spent out all his fathers goods in good cheere, or, y^• hath wasted all the goods that his father left him in making good cheere, or as we say prouerbially in English, He hath sent his fathers goods down the narrow lane. i. per gulam absumpsit.

6 Quid istuc ornati est inquam? How art thou a­ [...]ated, apparatied, deccked, or, trimmed, ꝙ I.

6 Miser, quod habui perdidi, I haue lost that I had, poore soule, or, I a man vndone, haue loste all that I had.

7 Quo redactus sum? To what poynt, or, into what case, or, vnto what state am I brought?

7 Omnes no [...]i me, atque amici deserunt, A [...] mine acquayntance and friendes do forsake mee, or, [Page] geue me ouer, or cast me of.

8 Ego illum contempsi prae me, I thought my selfe much better, and much more honest m [...] then he was.

9 Itáne parasti te? Hast thou so ordred, or beha­ued thy selfe?

9 Spes nulla reliqua, There is no hope left.

10 Simul consilium cum re an âsti, Hast thou lost thy goods, thy substaunce, and thy witt? or didst thou leese thy wit also whan thou lost thy goods?

10 Videsn [...] me ex eodem loco ortum? Dost not thou see me, that am of the same degree of birth that thou art?

11 Quae habitudo eorporis? How round and fat is my body? or, in what, or in how good liking is my body?

12 Omnia habeo, neque quicquā habeo. I haue all thinges, and yet I haue nothing.

12 Nihil cum est nihil defit tamen, Though I haue nothing, yet I lack nothing, defit for deest

14 Tota erras via, Thou art very foule decei­ued: a prouerbe taken of them, which in their [...]ourney goe cleane out of their way, Eras. in Chil▪

16 Hoc nouum est aucupium, This is a newe craft to get a liuinge, or to gette money. A Metaphore taken of foulinge, or, takynge of Foule. For Auceps properlye is a fouler, and Aucupium is foulinge, and by a Metaphore, it is vsed for all maner of waies, to get any thing by wyles, traynes, or, craft, and it is deryued [Page] of the verbe Aucupor, aris, to goe a fouling▪ and to take byrdes, and by translation, Aucupari laudem, is to goe aboute to get prayse and com­mendation, Aucupari quaestum, to goe about to get money.

16 Ego hanc primus inueni viam, I was the first that found out this way, or I found out this way first.

17 Est genus hominum, qui esse primos se omniū [...]erum volunt, There is one sort of men, which would haue prtheminence aboue all others, or which d [...]syre to bee highest of al, and to be had most in honor, or would be the ringleaders, or that would rule all the roste.

18 H [...]see ego non paro me vt rediant, Among such men I do not so facion, ordre, or vse my selfe to make them to laugh at me.

19 His vlt [...]ò arrideo, To such (whatsoeuer they say▪ or d [...]) I shew a mery smiling co [...]tenaunc [...], for the nones, or of myne owne selfe.

19 Eorum ingenia admiror▪ I make a great mar­uaylyng at theyr high wittes.

20 Quicquid dicu [...] laudo, What soeuer they say▪ I prayse, commend, or allow it.

20 Id [...]u [...]sum [...]i negant, laudo id quoque, that if they denye the [...]fe fame agayne, that also I commend and hold withall.

22 Is quaestus nunc est mul [...] vberrimus, By so doing, as the world goeth now, a man may get a maruaylous good liuing▪ for, that is now a dayes, [...] mayuaylous ready way to get money, Or, now a dayes that is the very cheefe and [Page] and principal way, to get money ynough.

24 Dùm haec loquimur. Whyle wee were tal­king, or, comming.

28 Me salutant, ad coenam vocant, aduentum gratulantur, They bad me good euen, & had me to supper, & said that I was welcome, or, that they were glad of my comming.

30 Vbi videt me tam facilè victū quaerere, when he saw that I got my liuing so easely.

30 Ibi homo coepit me obsecrare, than the fel­low began to desyre, and praye me for Gods sake. Obsecrare enim est quasi per sacra rogare.

34 Viden 'ocium & cibus quid faciat alienus▪ Do you not see what ydlenes, or liuing in ease, and an other mans table doe.

36 Parmenonem ante ostium tristem video, I se [...] Parmeno stand sad [...]y before the dore.

37 Saluares est, All is safe, or the matter is in case good ynough, or, al is well.

37 Nimirum hi homines frigent▪ In fayth these men are cold & faynty, or, in fayth these fellows are blanke, or, truly the courage of these folkes is abated, or, these men are [...]alled.

38 Nebulonem húc certum est ludere, I wil bal­ [...] a litle with this knaue, or, I entend to have or to make good sport with this knaue, or, I wil haue some pastime with this knaue.

38 Hi hoc munere arbitrantur suā Thaidem esse, These folkes thinke by this gifte to winne the loue of Thais for euer, or, to assure Thais to them.

39 Plurima salute impartio Parmenonē, I greete

[Page]Parmeno with all my hearte, or good morow, or good euen, to you Parmeno, and many good euens.

41 Nùm quidnàm hic, quod nolis, vides▪ Doest thou see any thinge here, that by thy good wyll thou wouldest not see?

41 Nùm quid aliud? Any thinge else?

42 Qui dum? Howe so?

42 Gnat. Tristis e [...] Parm. Nihil equidem, Gnat. You are sad▪ Parm not a whit, I.

43 Vro hominem i. dolore cogo sayth Donat. I byte, or wringe, or, vexe the fellow, or, I nettle him now▪ For vro vris vssi vstum, is to burne, or to parche, and it is as wel of cold as of heat Lucanus, Vrebant montana niues.

All the hilles, and that that groweth vpō thē were parched with snow or cold. Virg. Aut Boreae penetrabile frigus adurat, or, when the sharp, nypping, or, pearsing cold of the North wynde pearceth &c. Vrere hominem▪ By tran­slation, is to vexe a man, and to make him sory at the hart, and as wee also by translation say in English, to byte, to nyp, to wrynge, to netle, to make woe. And the passiue Vror, is sem blably vsed for Cruciari, to be vexed, to be woe or, to be sory at the hart. Plaut in Bachid. Quā magis id repeto, tam magis vror, The more I remember, or consider it, the more I am sory & vexed, or greued withal. Idem in Persa. Vritur cor mihi, My hart burneth. Idem in Menech. Viden tuilli occulos vrier? vt viridis exoritur color ex temporibus? Dost thou not see his [Page] eyes burne as redde as fyre? and how that his [...]ēples waxe or begin to be as greene as grasse? Virgil vsed vro, in the same signification for ar­deo, as though it were a verbe Neuter passiue▪ Vrit atrox Iuno. The cruell and fierce goddesse Iuno, was sore grieued, or burned in yre. i. ex­arsit or ex [...]anduit.

44 Quàm hoc munu [...] gratum▪ Thaidi ar bitrare esse? How welcome shal this gift be vnto Thais trowest thou? Or how wel wil Thais like this gift. or, present, thinkest thou?

45 Omnium retum vicissitudo est, The world chaungeth euery day, It is a prouerbe, by which is signifyed, that in this worlde is no thing stable, permanent, nor durable, but like as the sea doth continually flow and ebbe▪ so do all the thinges in the world dayly chaunge now vp, now downe, now mery now sad, now friende, now foe, now accepted and anone out of fauour, now familiar and anone cleane dis­acquainted, to day who but he? and to morrow shut cleane out of doores. &c.

Eras. in Chiliad.

46 Sex ego te totos menses quietū red dā, ne sur­sùm deorsùm cursites, I will see thee at rest for running vp and downe for one whole sixe moneth, or I wil ease, or release thee of run­ning vp and downe, for the space of one whole halfe yeare full.

47 Ne vsque ad lucem vigiles, Watch not vp til the morning.

48 Ecquid te beo? Do not I thee a blessed turne?

[Page]49 Detineo te fortasse, tu profecturus alio fueras, I keepe you, or let you of your way, I weene you were going to some other place, or some [...]ise whether.

50 Paulum da mihi operae, Helpe me a litle, or let me haue your helpe a litle.

50 Fac vt admittar ad illam, Helpe that I may come to her, and speake with her, or get mee to come to her speech.

51 Nunc ribi patent fores. The doore is open for you nowe, or you may goe in nowe if you please

52 Nùm quem euocari hinc vis foras? Wyll you haue anye bodye called forth of this house to you?

52 Sine biduum hoc praetereat, Let these twoo dayes passe.

55 Etiam tu hic stas Parmeno? Standest thou here yet Parmeno?

55 Nùm tu hic relictus custos, nequis fortè inter­nuncius cursitet. Art thou set here to watche & to see, that no messenger may perchaunce runne or come betweene.

57 Facile dictum, Merely spoken.

58 Video herilem filium minorem huc aduenire I see my maysters yonger sonne comming he­ther.

60 Non temerè est, It is not for naught.

60 Properans venit, Hee commeth in hast.

60 Nescio quid circumspectat, He looketh about whatsoeuer the matter is.

In the third Scene of the second Acte.

2 E conspectu amisi meo. I haue lost it out of my sight, or, I haue lost the sight of it, or it is gone out of my sight.

3 Vbi quaeram? Wher may, or should I seeke him?

3 Vbi inuestigem? Where may or should I fynd which way she went? Vestigare, est per vestigia quaerere seu indagare. To seeke by the steps and print of the foote, and by the trace. Plaut. in tru­culento. Hac vna opera circumit per familias, puerum vestigat. She goeth al vnder one to euery mans house, and traceth the boye. And by translation it is to make diligēt serch for any thinge. Cic. lib. 3. de oratore. Ipsa tractatio & quaestio quotidiè ex se gignit aliquid, quod cum desidiosa delectatione vestiges. The very han­dling, or▪ exercise, and the matter it selfe doth e­uery daye of it selfe, bringe forth some thinge, which a man maye, or would seeke out with quiet delectation and pleasure. Inuestigare est per vestigia inuenire. To find out by the foote, by the steps, or by the trace, and treade of the feete, as they that hunt and trace the wylde beastes and follow them by the foote, and by the trace find them out, and (by a Metaphore therof takē) it is to find out any thing by dili­gent serching Plautus in Mercat. Non conce­dam, neque quiescā vsque, noctu neque diu, pri­ùs, profectò, quam aut amicā aut mortem inue­stigauero. I wil not geue ouer, nor reste in any [Page] anye place, neyther by night, nor by day, at the least wise before, or, vntil I shal haue found ei­ther my loue, or else death. Terent. in Heau [...]. Nihil est▪ tam difficile, quin quaerēdo inuestiga­ripossit. There is nothing so hard, but that by diligēt serching & seeking it may be found out. Cice. in oratione pro Q. Ligario Sed quoniam diligentia amici inuestigatum est, quod latebat confitendum est, vt opinor, but seeinge that by the good diligence of a friēd, that thing is now found out▪ which was hidden and vnknowen, it should be confessed as I thinke, or suppose.

3 Quem perconter? Of whom might I aske?

3 Quam insistam viam? What way may I take, or, go?

4 Vna haec spes est, There is no hope but this.

4 Vbi vbi, est diu celari nō potest, Whersoeuer hee be, he cannot be hidden longe.

5 O faciem pulchram, O fayre and goodly face.

6 Taedet horum quotidianarum for matum, I am wearye of these, that amonge vs are called and taken for fayre women, or I haue done with those fayre women, that we haue dayly here a­mong vs.

7 O infortunarum senem, O infortunate, or, vn­happy old man.

8 Ludum iocumqúe dices fuisse illum alterū prae­vt huius rabies quae dabit, Thou, wouldest saye that the other was but a play and sporte in cō ­parison of those thinges, or, of such pranks, as this felow will play in his rage.

[Page] Donatus doth order it thus, Prae vt, scilicet illa sunt, quae huius rabies dabit. i. faciet patra­bit, monstrabit ostendet Prae sometymes is ve­ry elegantly vsed, importing a certayne respect and comparison to an other thing. Terence in his comedye a litle afore, Ibi ego illum con­tempsi prae me, Then did I nothing regarde him in comparisō of my selfe. And in this sig­nification, Prae is oftētimes (specially in Plau­tus and Terence) found compound with quam and vt, as Hadrian hath noted examples. Prae alone hauing an Ablatiue case after him Plau­tus in Mostellaria. Video te nihil pendere om­nes homines prae Philolache, I see that you set by no man in comparison of Philolache.

Idem in Mil. Prae illius forma quasi sperans tuam, as who sayth, you set not by your owne beauty in comparison of hers, or as we should say, you thinke not your selfe fayre in compari­son of her.

Ci [...] Seruio Sulpitio, non tu quidem vacuus molestijs sed prae nobis beatus. In deede you are not voyde of some troubles or without some care, but yet in comparion of me, euen in heauē. Prae quam Plaut. id Aulul. Sed hoc etiā charū est prae quā vbi sumptus petūt, But this is euen a goodly, or tolye thing in comperison of whan they require cost, charges, or, expence of money. Idem in Amphitrio. Parua [...]res est, voluptatū in vita, praequam quod molestum est There is small pleasure in this life in compa­rison of the troubles and cares that be in the [Page] same. Praevt Plaut Mil. Nihil herclè hoc quide est, praevt alia dicam, Nay thys is no­thing in comparison of other thynges, that I will tell, or shewe you. Idem in Ampho. Pa­rùm etiàm praevt futurum est praedicas. Thou sayest, or speakest euen very litle, or in maner nothing in comparison of that that shalbee in deede. Idem in Menech. Modestior nunc quidē est de verbis praevt dudùm fuit. He is now so­ber in his woordes in comparison of that hee was right nowe, or a litle whyle agone.

9 Vt illum Dij Deaeué senium perdant. God & all the saincts in heauen, geue that old Churle a mischiefe: or a vengeaunce light on that olde Churle, I pray God & all the sainctes in hea­uen. Vt heere, & in such other like maner spea­kinges, is taken for Vtinam, execrādo vel op­tando, in cursing or banning. or wishing. Plaut. in Persa. Vt istum Dij Deae (que) perdāt, God and all the sainctes geue this knaue a mischiefe, or sende him a shamefull death. Idem in Mostel­laria, Vt Dij Deae (que) omnes me pessimis exem­plis interficiāt nisi ego illam interfecero sitifa­me (que) atque gelu, I pray God & al the sayncts, sende me the most shameful death that may be, to the example of al others, if I doe not surely kill her vp with thirst and hunger and colde. See more examples in Hadrian, De ser. lati.

Further note that in this woord Senium, is Emphasis, which is a figure eyther whan some thing that is hidden and not spoken, is meant, or els whē it is spokē, for a more expresse plain [Page] and vehement setting out, and expressing of al thing which may be many wayes, but the principal and most elegant way is, when a Sub­stantiue is set for an Adiectiue, that is to saye whan any quality is put for the personne that hath the qualitie, as Scelus, vngraciousnesse, pro Scelesto, for one that is vngracious: and so here Senium, agednesse, or olde age, pro Sene, for him that is old. For as Donatus saith Se­nex is referred to the age of yeares. Seniū for the contumelious and despiteful, and cōtemp­tuo [...]s wordes. And therefore I English, Illū Seniū y^• old churle. Where note y^t albeit Seniū, is the neuter gender, yet it hath ioyned wyth him an Adiectiue of the Masculine gēder, and the Relatiue that cōmeth after, is also put in the Masculine gendre, for as Donatus witnes­seth, the gendre both of the Adiectiue, and al [...]o of the Relatiue, is referred to the thing that is vnderstande, that is to saye, Senem, or hominē senem. So Terē [...]e in the Prologue of thys se­cond Comedie, Eas se non negat personas trā ­stulisse in Eunuchum suam ex Graeca. He saith not nay, or he doth not denie, but that he tooke the same partes that are in the Greeke Come­die, from thence into this his Comedy intitu­led Eunuchus: Eunuchū is the Masculine gen­dre, and yet because there is ment by it Comoe­diam, therefore the Adiectiue Suam is put in y^• Feminine gendre. Idem in Andria. Vbi illic▪ i. ille scelus est, qui me perdidit.? Where is y^• vngratious knaue, that hath casie me away? [Page] Idem in Adel. Festiuum caput, qui omnia sibi posthabenda putârit esse prae meo commodo, the gentlest companyon, or the most honest, or, the best felow aliue, which coulde fynde in his hart to let all other thinges alone, or, to set all other thinges apart in respecte of my commo­dity and pleasure, or, for my commoditye and pleasure. By Caput is vnderstood Aeschy­nus, and therefore the Relatiue qui, hauing res­pect and relation to the person that is meant, and not to the Substantiue▪ that is expressed▪ is put in the Masculine Gender, and not in the Neuter gendre, by the figure of construction called Synthesis

9 Meremoratus est, Hee caused mee to tarrye, or▪ stayed me; or hindred mee of my way, i [...] est, de­tinui [...]me.

10 Qui illum non flocci fecerim. That I set not so much as a straw, or a rush by him. Floccus is any [...]le ragge of a locke of wolle, the which is vnprofitable, and the which wil serue for no­thing, and is pulled from the fleece, and cast a­way, or some lyke thing of no value, price, or, estimation, wherof the Latine men, when they wil signify, or shew, that they set nothinge by a man, or any other thing, vse to say prouerbially Flocci non facio or els Flocci facio indifferēly. For which wee Englishmen in a like prouerbe say▪ I set not the least straw or rush vnder my foote by it: or, I set not the least hayre on my head by tr [...]albett for this latter, both y^• Grekes and Latine men, haue a peculier prouerb takē [Page] of the same thinge. Pli. non facio, I set not [...] hayre by it.

11 Quid tu es tristis? Why are you sad?

11 Quid tu es alac [...]is▪ Why are you mery?

12 Vnde is i [...]nde venis? From whence commest thou?

12 Nescio herculè, nec vnde eam, nec quorlùm cam. In good sooth I can not tell neyther frō whence I come, nor whither I go [...].

13 Piorsus oblitus sum mei, I haue qu [...] and cleane forgotten my selfe.

14 Quî quae so? How so I bescech you?

14 Nunc te ostendas qui vir scies. Now shew thy selfe what a man thou art.

15 Scis te mihi saepè pollicitum esse, Thou knowest thou hast often promised me, or made me promise.

16 V [...]l [...]atem faciam, [...] cognoscas m [...]am, I shall do, or I shal fynd the meanes, that thou shalt know end see what seruice I can doe.

18 Fac nunc promissa appareant▪ Now let your promisses appeare, and beseene, or see that your promisses may now appeare.

22 Est paulo habitior, He is somwhat fat, round or [...] good lyking.

24 Noua figura o [...]is, color ve [...]us, corpus solidum & succi plenum▪ Such fauour of race and vi­sagē, as you haue not much seene, true▪ & natiue colour, and not of paynting, her body [...]oūd, lu­sty, and nothing decayed, but ful of good bloud and holesome hum [...]s,

26 Mihi vel vi, vel clam vel precario fac tradas,

[Page]Se that thou get it me, or into my handes ey­ther perforce and by strength of handes, or els by priuy conueyance▪ and stealth, or, els o [...] lone for a litle whyle, and then to be restored home agayne. For Precarium, carij, is that thinge which is by prayer, instaunce & petition gra [...] ­ted to any body to vse, to occupy, or, to enioy, so long as it shal please & cōtent the party, that doth so lend, or graunt it▪ and no longer.

So Alexander. Apud Qu Cur [...]. sayth. Mori praestat quam paecario impetat [...]r esse.

Better it is to dye then to bee a captayne, or [...] king at the pleasure of other men and no lōger. Ibidem. Precarium spernebat imperium.

He set nothing by that powre, dominiō, or, rule which should continue so long as pleaseth thē that gaue or graunted it, and no longer.

And vnder this meaning did Seneca say, ho­minem esse precarij spiritus. That the lyfe of man doth continue at the pleasure of Nature, Fa [...]e, or destenye, [...]. Parcarum, which take it a­way when they wil. and not when it plea [...]eth vs. Of this the noune Precario in the voyce and termination of the Da [...]iue case, is vsed A [...]uerb [...]ally in the same signification Pau Iu­riscons [...]. Precariò habere videtur, qui possessi­onē corporis vel iuris adeptus est, hac solùm­modo causa ꝙ adhibuit prece [...] & impetrauit, ꝙ sibi possidere aut vti liceat, veluti si me precario rogaueris, vt per fundum meum ire vel age­re liceat, vel vt in tectum meum stillicidium, vel [...]ignum in parie [...]em immissum habeas.

[Page]A man to haue a thing precario, sayth Paulu [...] seemeth to be when any body hath obtayned [...] go [...]ē the possessiō of any body, or, bodely thing or of any right and title of any thing on [...]ly, for because he made request and instaunce for the same, and thereby hath obtayned, that it may be lawful for him to possesse, or to vse, and oc­cupy it. As if you should make request and in­staunce vnto me, and desyre me that you might for a whyle as long as it should please mee, to haue a way, or, to goe through my ground, or, to do any thing therein, or, e [...]s that you might haue a little gutter, or synke, to come by my house, or els to haue a [...]after, a [...]g, or, a bea [...]e, set within, or, vp [...]on th [...] walle of my house. Plin. de [...]iris illustribus: Se [...]u [...]us [...]ullius quasi precariò [...]egnare caepit, sed tecte in per [...]um ad­ministrauit. Seru [...]us Tullius began at the [...]st to [...]aygne in the citty of Rome as who should say Precario, that is, at the will and pleasure of the people, and as long as they would permitte and suffer him, and no lōger: but yet afterward he ordred and [...]ded the same Empyre we [...] [...] ­nough▪ Plin [...]in ep [...]st. Quibus ex causis precario studeo, studeo tamen. For wich causes I study onely when please them, or, as long as they wil suffer me, and yet some study I haue▪ Cicer in the Oration▪ pro Aulo Cecinna, Ne id quidem satis est, nisi docet ita se possedisse vt nec vi nec clàm, nec precariò possederit▪ But yet that is not sufficiēt or, ynough neither except he pla [...]nly shew and declare, that he had it so in hy [...] pos­session, [Page] that he h [...]ld it neither by force & strēgth, nor priu [...]ly and vnknowinge to the owner, or ellse that he had it lent him for a season, to bee restored home againe when it should be requi­red. For that be the thrce wayes, vnlawfully to keepe away any thinge of an other mans. And precatiò, in his signification may be vsed aduerb [...]a [...]y, in many dyuers and sundry ma­ner speakinges. For precariò concedere, is to lende or graunt a thing till you shall requ [...]re it aga [...]ne. Precariò petere vel rogare, is to de­syre to haue a thing, as long as may please the owner, and then make surrender and redeliue­ry of the same, when it shalbe required.

26 Mea nihil refert, dum potiar modo. I care not so that I may haue, obtayne, or get it.

28 Virgo cuia est? What mayde is it? or what is shee?

29 Qua ratione amisisti [...] How, or, by what chaūce or meane didd [...]st thou lee [...]e it?

30 Equidem adueniens mecū stomachabar, mo­do, as I was coming hither right now I was angry with my selfe, or in a great [...]ume.

30 Neque quenquam esse hominem arbitror, cui mag [...]s bonae faelicitates omnes aduersae sient, And▪ I thinke there is no man aliue, that hath all good fortune and chaunces more agaynste hym, than I haue. These two woordes homo quisquam, be oft times elegantly thus ioyned together, notwithstanding that quisquā alone by it selfe, signifieth, as much as homo quisquā Liu. ab vrbe condit. Victoria cui nec deus, nec [Page] homo quisquam inuidear, A victory, at which neither any of the goddes, nor yet any mā, hath or should, or may haue enuy, or grudge.

33 Quid hoc est sceleris? What abhominable aci [...] is this? or what vngracious deede is this?

35 Is fit mihi obu [...]am, He met me.

36 Incommodè hercle, Ill, or to your displeasur [...] trulye.

38 Illum liquet mihi deiurare his mensibus sex vel septem prorsum nō vidisse proximis, I may cleerely and boldly sweare, that by the space of these sixe, or seuē moneths now last past, I ne­uer saw him.

40 Nisi nunc cum minimè vellem, miniméque▪ o­pus fuit. But now at this tyme when it was my least desire, or least in my mynd, & will, and when it was nothing needful, or least expedient.

41 Nonne hoc monstri simile est? Is not this lyke a verye monster? or, is not this a verye straunge thinge? Monstruū. i. is deriued of mō ­stro, as, aui, are, to shew, whereof Monstrum is any thinge, that in signifying another thinge, doth shew it, Cicero de natura deorum: Mon­stra, praedictiones, & praesentiónes rerū fu [...]urarū: quid aliud declarant, nisi hominibus ea, quae fu­tura sunt portendi, & praedici ex quo illa osten­ta monstra, portenta, prodigia dicūtur? These straunge tokens, or. shewinge [...], prophecyinges and foreknowingees, and foreperceiuinges of thinges to follow and come: what other thing doe they declare, but suche thinges as shall in [Page] [...]ede follow after, to be afore signified, betoke­ned, & shewed vnto men, and by reason thereof such, or the same thinges be called in L [...]ne o­stēta, mōstra, portēta, or prodigia, And therfore Virgil vsed Monstum, for and in [...]eed of the noune verbal, monstratio. Mōstra deum refero, I make relation vnto you of such thinges as the gods haue shewed vnto mee. But because that such thinges, for the most part are noted by straunge sightes and chaunces (which not onely in our englishe tounge, but also in all o­ther tongues [...]or the most par [...] are called mon­sters after the latine word, Therfore Monstrū is most commonly vsed and taken for all suche thinges as are contrarye or agaynst the com­mon ordre and course of nature, eyther in de­faut & lacking, or els [...] in excedinge, as to haue two thummes vppon one hande, or to be borne the heeles standing in the place of the toes, or to be borne without a nose, with others lyke.

41 Continuò ad me accurrit, He commeth run­ning vnto me by and by.

45 S [...]in quid ego te volebam? Wot you what I would with you? or, what I would hane had you to do?

45 Cras est mihi iuditiū, I must be before y^• iudge tomorrow

46 Diligēter nuncies patri, Tel it, or beare word to your father diligently.

48 Abijt hora▪ It was an houre, or, an houre passed, or went away.

[Page]50 Sese commodùm huc aduerterat in hanc nos­tram plateam. [...]. virgo. As hap was▪ she turned this was, or hyther into our streete heere.

51 Mirum ni hanc dicit, quae modò Thaidi data est dono, It is meruayle, but hee speaketh of the Mayden, that was geuen vnto Thais ere whyle, or right now.

53 Comites secuti sunt? Did there any company followe?

55 Alias res agis, Thou art, or thou goest about other matters, as who should say, thou takest no heede to that that I say: And so doth Te­rence vse it, and speake it heere, as I haue oft tymes englished it before.

57 Vidi, noui, scio quò abducta sit, I sawe hir, I know her, and can tell whither she is brought.

61 Duras fratris partes praedicas. My Brother hath the worse parte or syde, by thy sayinge, or my brother is in hard case by thy saying.

64 Inhonestum hominem mercatus est heri.

Hee bought a foule ill fauoured fellow yester­day.

68 Est ne, vt fertur forma? Is she as fayre as they say? or is she so fayre as she is named for? and it is ordred or construed thus: Est ne forma, s. tanta, tam egregia, vt fertur. s. esse?

69 Faciam sedulò, dabo operam, I will doe my diligence, or, I will doe the best I can.

77 Capias tu illius vestem. Take thou and dooe on his clothes, or apparell.

77 Quid tùm posteà? What than after?

88 Pro illo te ducam, I will bring thee thyther [Page] for him, or in steede of hym.

78 Te esse illum dicam, I will say thou art hee.

79 Tu illis fruare commodis. Use or take thou those commodities and pleasures.

80 Cibum vnà capias. s. cū illa. Thou mayst dine and sup together with her.

81 Illorum ne (que) quisquam te nouit, ne (que) scit qui fies. Not one of them all eyther knoweth thee, or, can tell what thou art.

83 Dixti pulehrè, pro dixisti, per syncopen. It is well sayde or spoken of thee.

83 Nunquam vidi melius consilium dari. I ne­uer sawe better counsayle geuen.

84 Agè, eamus intrò, Come on, let vs go in, or, well, goe wee in.

85 Quid agis? iocabar equidem, What now? or what meanest thou? or, whereabout goest thou? I spake but in sporte. Here note, that iocari & iocus bee properly in wordes, Ludere and Lu­dus in deedes. Albeit, they bee in Authours confounded, that is to say, the one vsed for the other, as Valla proueth and sheweth by exam­ples. Lib. 4. cap. 16.

85 Quid ego egi miser? What haue I done mi­serable felow, or wretch that I am?

88 Istaec in me cudetur faba, The fault of this shall bee layde to mee, or thys myschiefe shall light on my necke. A prouerbe whereof reade in Chil. Eras.

89 Flagitium facimus, Wee goe aboute an hey­nous offence, or, wee shoulde herein doe a de­testable acte, or, it is a sinfull thynge that wee [Page] goe about to doe. Facere flagitium, is to cōmit to perpetrate, or to doe an heynous offence, or a great trespasse. Plau. in penulo: Hae fores fe­cerūt magnū flagitium modò. Ad. Quid flagitij est? C. Crepuerūt clarè. This doore did a great trespas right now. Ad. What great or heinous offence is that? C. It gaue a great loude crack or it made a great loude creking.

89 An id flagitium est? Is that any great tres­passe or heynous offence?

92 Eos itidem fallam, vt ab illis fallimur, I will euen so beguile them, as they beguile me, & such others as I am.

93 Aequum est fieri. It is good reason that it bee done or that it should be so.

94 Meritò factum omnes putent. All men may think it well done, & not without a good cause.

97 Si certum est facere, facias, If you bee vtterly purposed so to doe, doe it, or if you will needes doe it, doe.

95 Ne conferas culpam in me. Put not the fault or blame on mee.

96 Par. Iubesne? Chaer. Iubeo, cogo, atque impe­ro. Parm. dost thou bidde me? Cher. yea mary do I bid thee, and compell thee, and also com­maunde and charge thee.

97 Nunquàm defugiam authoritatē. I will not doe agaynst your authority. That is, I will not be afearde, to doe as you bidde mee, nor to follow your authority & commaundement: or I will not shrink to aduenture it if you say the [Page] word: or, I wil make no bones at it, if ye say y^• worde. Defugere authoritatē, is to auoyde, and as who should say, to be afearde to follow and to doe that thinge y^• any person hath authority to commaund, or els may do by authority. Cic. pro P. Sylla. Tu remp. reprehendis, qua do­mesticos hostes, ne ab ipsis ipsa necaretur, neca uit. Ita (que) attende iam Torquate, quam ego de­fugiā authoritatem consulatus mei. Thou re­prouest the cōmō wealth, for that it hath put to death familier enemies & rebellious, that were within the city, least that by them, it selfe might haue ben oppressed and brought to vtter cōfu­sion and desolation. Therefore ô Torquate, see now and mark well, how greatly I am afeard to stand by that, that I did, by, or, in the auc [...]o­rity of myne office of consulship: as who should say, I woulde thee to weete, I am not [...]fearde to stand by it, and that I do not now repent, or goe from that, that I did when I was consult in sleing Catiline and putting him to death. &c. as by the place in Tullie, the iudgement of a diligent reader may well see.

97. Dij vertant bene. God turne it to good, or bryng it to a good ende.

¶ In the thyrde Scene.

2 Non tàm ipso quidem dono laetus est (quam) abs te datum esse. He is not so glad of that gift or pre­sent it selfe, as that it was geuē by you.

3 Id vero seriòr triumphat, Of that hee is mer­ry or glad in deede, or, for that hee triumpheth [Page] or glorieth earnestly, or inearnest.

4 Huc prouiso, vt vbi tempus siet, eum deducam. I come forth hither to s [...]e, that when tyme is, I may bring him thether, or awayte on him.

5 Est istuc datū mihi, grata, vt sint quae facio om­nia. It is a gift geuen me, that all thinges that I do, euery man lyketh wel.

10 Qui habet salem, qui in [...]e. est. i. sapientiam & leporem. Who so hath the wisedome, and plea­saunt facion that you haue. Donatus expoun­deth Salem. i. sapientiam wisedome. Where he noteth, that Sal, neutraliter condimentū sig­nificat, masculinum pro sapientia accipitur Al­beit Sal, when it is latine for Salt, is both the masc. and also the neut. gend. in both numbers Cato in re rust. Ex sale. Qui apud Carthaginiē ­ses fit. Of the salt that is made in the parties about the cittye of Carthage. Sal in Iug. neque salē, neque alia gulae irritamenta, Neyther salt nor any other thinges to prouoke the app [...]tyte. Columel. Carnem salibus aspersam. Flesh, or meate poudred with sa [...]t. Paul. iuriscon. cotem. ferro subigendā, necessaria, quoque hostibus ve­nundari, vt ferrum, & frumentum, & sales non sine capitis periculo licet. It is not lawful vn­der the payne of death to sel to our enemyes, ey­ther a whetstone to make any knyfe sharpe, or any other necessaryes, as yron or kniues, and wheat, and salt. &c. Sal. by translation is taken pro vrbanitate, lepôre, venustate, ioco, good & pleasaunt facion, and merye conceytes both in woordes and other wyse, as here in this place [Page] of Terence, and Catul. Nulla in tam magno est corpore mica salis, There is not one crum or droppe of good fashion in al that great royls bodye. For Catullus ther speaketh of a certaine mayden that was called Quintia, whom many esteemed and called fayre, beautifull goodlye. In deede (sayth Catullus) I graunt that she is whyte of skinne, tall of personage, sclender of making, and bolt vpright, but that she is For­mosa, that is, fayre, or beautifull, that I de­nye, for there is no manner pleasantnes, nor good fashion in her. The verses of Catullus be these.

Quintia formosa est multis, mihi candida, lōga, Recta est haec ego sic singula confiteor.

Totum illud formosa nego, nam nulla vetustas

Nulla in tam magno est corpore mica salis. Salis [...]. venustatis lepô [...]is Pleasauntnesse, grace & proper feature, or good fashion in her gesture behauiour, or, pleasaunt wordes. which may delyte them that see hir, heare hir, or bee in her company. Pla in Ca. Necpote quicquā cōme­morari (que) plùs salis, plus (que) lepôris habeat hodie Necpote. s. est. i. non potest quicquam &c. It is not possible to reherse, or to shew anye thinge, that hath more grace, amiablenes, or pleasaunt fashion at this houre, where que is taken for id est plus salis, plusque lepôris for plus salis i. plus leporis, as I haue noted in other places afore. And hereof Sal, in the singular number and sales, in the plural, be taken for merye conceipts or delectable and pleasaunt communication, y^• [Page] may make, or cause, the hearers to laugh, & yet is somewhat sharp poynaunt & byting withall as witnesseth Quin. li. 6. And Pli. li. 31. cap. 7. of the naturall history, where he saith thus: Ergo Herculè vita humanior sine sale nequit degere, adeo (que) necessarium alimētū est, vt transierit in­tellectus ad voluptates animi quo (que) Nā ita sales appellantur, omnis (que) vitae lepos, & summa hila­ritas, laborum (que) requies nō alio magis vocabu­lo constat. Than truely the life of man, being in any reasonable good condicion or state, can not continue without the vse of salt, which is so necessary and profitable an helpe & sustenaūce or sustentation to and for the lyfe of man, that the minde, intelligence, & vnderstanding, hath taken and made from the same a metaphore or trāslation vnto the pleasures and delectations of the mynde. For the sayde pleasures and de­lectaciōs of y^e minde, are called in latine Sales, and all maner pleasure of our life, & the high­est myrth and pastime, that we haue (which cō ­sisteth in witty, mery, and pleasaunt communi­cation or other ioyes) & also all q [...]iet rest and case after the peinful labors, are by none other latin warde in the worlde better or more gene­rally, or more vsully, or more expresly signified then by this word Sales, of which be metapho­rically deriued many prety Adagies or Pro­uerbes, as Sal, vitae amicitia, Frendship is the sake of mans lyfe, that is to say the only sauce that taketh away the werishnes thereof, & ma­keth it pleasaūt or delectable: with other pro­uerbes [Page] mo, of the which reade Eras. Chil. & spe­cially for this place of Tereuce, the prouerbe, Salsitudo non inest illi.

13 Sicubi eum sacietas hominum coeperari, If he were at any tyme weary of the company of men.

14 Negotij eum siquandò odium coeperat. i. taedi­um, If at any time he were weary of his bust­nes or great labours.

15 Requiescere vbi volebat. When hee was dis­posed to be at quiet, or to rest after his labours

17 Me conuiuā solū abducebat sibi. Hee tooke me away with him, or hee woulde take away me, & no man els to be his guest, and to dyne or sup with him.

18 Sic homo est. Such is his fashion, or this is the fashion of the man.

20 Inuidere omnes mihi, ac mordere clanculū, for inuidebant & mordebant, Euery man had enuy or grudge at mee, and spake very ill by mee behynde my backe.

24 Vbi molestus mihi magis est. Whan he began to be some what busy wyth or whan he disqui­eted or vexed mee, or woulde not lette mee bee in rest.

25 Eò ne es ferox, quia habes imperium in beluas? eône for idiòne. &c. Art thou therefore hasty on men because thou arte a mayster of bruite beastes?

26 Pulchrè me hercle dictum & sapienter, Well spoken by my soothe, and wisely.

[Page]29 Quid illud, quo pacto Rhodium [...]etigerim i [...] conuiuio, nun quid tibi dixi? What that? ho [...] I toke vp or [...]a [...]nted a felow of Rhodes as w [...] sate at the table, did I neuer tel it thee?

31 Nunquam, sed narra obsecro, N [...]auer, but [...] it I besech you.

32 Plús millies iam audiui, I haue heard it al­ready a thousand tymes and aboue.

32 Vnà in conuiuio erat hic, quem dico Rhodi­us adolescentulus. Thys younge fellowe o [...] Rhodes that I spake of, and I, sate together at the table.

34 Caepit me irridere. He began to mocke mee.

35 Quid ais, inquam, homo impudens? What sayest thou shamelesse, or thou sau [...]y fellowe, quod I?

38 Tuum ne obsecro ho [...] dictum erat? I pray you heartely, what, was that your saying?

39 Audierā saepè & fertur inprimis. I had heard it many tymes, and it is a sayinge as common as any is.

40 Dolet dictum imprudenti adolescenti▪ Thys woorde or saying, greeued the foolishe younge man.

41 Risu omnes qui aderant emori. All that were in compaigny, were almost dead with laughte [...] Emori. i. emoriebātur, per antip [...]ôsin. For Do­natus in many places noteth, that the infini­tiue moode in such speakinges is more vehe­ment and of more strength, and efficacy, then is the indicatiue.

42 Metuebant omnes iàm me. Than were they [Page] all afearde of mee.

[...] Id vt ne fiat haec res sola est remedio. That that thing may not bee, or come too passe, this thing onely is a remedy and helpe.

[...] Phaedriam intromittamus comessatū. Let vs haue in Phedria to make good cheare with vs. Comessor, aris, ssatus, ssari. depon. is properly that wee say in englishe, to banquet after sup­per, or to make ri [...]re suppers. Suetoni, in Do­mitiano Conuiuabatur frequentèr & largè, sed penè raptim, certè non vltra soli [...] occasum, nec vt posteà comessaretur. Hee tooke repastes and feasted both often and also eate much at once, and yet in mane [...] neuer but by snatches, and of truth neuer longer then tyll the sunne went downe, nor neuer to banquet, nor to haue any r [...]re supper after. Plau. in rudēte. Verum si vo­letis plausum fabulae huic clarum dare, comes­satū omnes veni tote ad me ad annos sexdecim. But and if you will clappe your hands to ge­ther, that it sound loude in approuinge and al­lowinge this Comedy, that wee haue played, come euery one of you home, & banket, or make good cheere for these sixtene yeres. Liui. li. x. De bell. Mace. reporteth that Demetriu [...] after y^• he had made a certayne supper to his compaignions, sayde vnto them, Quin comessatum ad fratrem imus? Why go we not to my brothers to banket: And of comessari cōeth a noune ver­bal comessario, deriued (as Festus Pam. wit­nesseth) a vicis, quos graeci [...] dicunt, y^t is of litle stretes. For in such, men dwelled before [Page] that towns were builded, and there one woul [...] bydde [...]n other to drynking, or banquetting [...] good neighberhod, for of y^• greeke noune [...] is deryued a verbe [...] to banket, and [...] [...] is deriued comessor, in latine, prim [...] longa, and with one [...], of comessor cōmeth [...] messario for banke [...]ng, or making good che [...] after sūpper. Sue in Vitel Epulas trifariam▪ [...] per interdum quadri [...]ariā dispe [...]iebat in ie [...] eula, prādia, coenas & comessationes, he deuid [...] his meales in [...]o three euermore, and somtim [...] into fowre, that is [...]o weete, breakfastes dine [...] suppers, and riere suppers, or banqueties, o [...] co [...]ations after supper.

52 Pamphilā cantatum prouocemus, Let vs p [...] Pamphila to singe. For as I thinke [...]eren [...] vseth here prouocare for euocare to cal forth a [...] Prodir [...] i. exire to goe forth, & that is hi [...] mo [...] propre st [...]nification, & specially in this place o [...] Terence, for he said afore, Intromittamus Phe­driā, let vs haue in Phedria, & now contrary to y^• Prouocemus Pamphilā, let cal forth Pāphil [...] So Plau. in Pseu. Herus si domi est tuu [...] qu [...] nō prouocas? If thy maister be at home, [...]y dost thou not cal him forth? Prouoco hath other sig­nifications, but they pertayne not to this place.

54 Par pari referto. Do lyke for lyke

55 Quando illud quod tu das amat, te am [...], quā ­do pro quoniam. Seyng that he setteth store by that you geue vnto him, he loueth your selfe well.

[Page]56 Metuit semper, quem ipse nunc capit fructum ne quando iratus [...]u alio conferas, He wil al­wayes feare, least that fruit and profite, which him selfe taketh and hath now, you being angry with him, vppon displeasure wil bestow an o­ther way.

60 Mihi istuc non in mentem venerat, I remem­bred not so much.

In the second Seene.

2 O Thais mea o meum suauium, quid agitur? O my deere Thais, O myne owne sweeting, how is it with you?

3 Ecquid nos amas? Do you loue me ought? or s [...] you any store by me?

6 Eamus ad coenam, quid stas? Goe we to supper, wheraboute stand you?

7 Vbi vis non moror, Whē it pleaseth you, there is no let in me.

8 Adibo atque adsimulabo quasi nunc exeam. I wil go to them, and make as though I come forth but now.

9 Iturus ne quopiam es? Are you about to goe a­ny whither.

10 Hunc vides? See you this man?

12 Quid stamus [...] cur non imus hinc? Wher about stand wee? why goe we not hence?

13 Quae so, vt liceat dare huic quae volumus. I pray you that we may haue licence to geue vn­to this man such thinges as we would.

13 Pace tua? By your leaue.

15 Perpulchra, credo dona haud nostris similia. Very goodlye giftes I am sure, but not lyke, [Page] nor to bee compared vnto mine.

16 Res indicabit, The thing shal shewe it selfe.

16 Heùs, iube [...]e istos for às exire ociús, Hoh sirs, bydde those felowes there come forth quickly.

17 Procede tu hùc. Come thou forth heere, and stande by mee.

18 Est ex Aethyopia vs (que) hic. This felowe is come as farre as from Ethiopia.

19 Vbi tu es? accede hùc. Where arte thou [...] come hither.

21 Ita me dij ament, honestus est. As God help [...] mee it is a goodly felow: or as we vse commō ­ly to speake, as I shalbe saued: or, as I trust to be saued, it is a goodly fellowe.

23 Tacent, satis laudant. They say nothing, and in that they prayse it sufficiently. For holding a mans peare and saying nothing, specially in a mans aduersary is a certayne kind of pra [...]sing or graunting, whereof there goeth a prouerb in latine. Qui tacet, consentire videtur. He y^• hol­deth his peace, and saith nothing, semeth to cō ­sent or to thinke as the other party sayde, and to be of the same mynde.

23 Fac periculum in literis. Proue him in lear­ning. There is vnderstande, de eo.

24 Fac periculū in palestra, Proue him in wras­linge.

24 Fac periculum in musicis. Proue him in sing­inge and playinge on instrumentes.

27 Non sibi soli postulat te viuere. Hee dooth not desyre you to bestowe all your lyfe on him alone.

[Page]28 Non postulat sua causa excludi caeteros, Hee desireth not to haue al other shut out of doores for his sake.

29 Neque pugnas narat, neque cicatrices suas o­stentat. Hee cra [...]eth not of the battels that hee hath be [...] in, nor maketh no bost in shewing the scarres of the woundes that he hath had.

31 Vbi molestum non erit, When it shalbe no disease vnto you.

31 Vbi tu voles, When it shalbe your wil.

32 Vbi [...]it tibi tempus, When you shal haue tyme or leysure.

32 Sat habet si tum recipitur, Hee is contented if he may come into your house, or he desyreth no more, but at such times to be receiued into your house or company.

33 Apparet seruum hunc esse domini pauperis. This fellow seemeth to be seruaunt vnto some poore man, or to hane some poore man to his mayster.

34 Nemo possit hunc perpeti. No man were able long to abyde or suffer this felow.

34 Sat scio, I knw very wel,

36 Te esse puto infra omnes infimos homines, I repute thee to bee the most villayne of all vil­laynes.

37 Qui huic assentari animum induxeris, That couldest finde in thy harte to flatter such a fel­low as this is Valla. lib. 5. Eleg. cap. 66. shew­eth the difference betweene these three verbes, assentor; adûlor and blandior. Assentari, is to flatter any body, affyrming his sayinges, and [Page] vpholding his yea and his nay, or praising him to much, or els many tymes otherwyse then the truth is, to the ende to get some profite and ad­uauntage thereby, & it is properly in wordes. And therefore this kinde of flattery, called As­sentation, is not in any brute beast, but onely in man. Plaut. Extempló, quasi res cum ea esset mihi, coepi assétari, mulier quicquid dixerat, idē ego dicebam. Anone, as though I had had to doe with her, I began to sooth her, and to hold her vp with yea and nay, and whatsoeuer shee sayde, I sayd the same. Idem. Assentandum est quicquid hic mē [...]ietur. whatsoeuer lye this fo­lowe shall make, wee must sooth or vpholde it, and say as he doth Terence himselfe in y^• secōd Scene of the second Acte of this same Como­dye, doth best of all declare the nature of this verbe Assentor, aris: where Gnato sayeth thus: Hos confector, hisce ego non paro me vt ride­ant, sed his vltiò arrideo, & eorum ingenia ad­miror simul: quicquid dicunt, laudo, id rur­sum si negant, laudo, id quoque. Negat quis, nego, ait, aio. Postremò imperaui egomet mihi omnia assentari, is quastus nunc est mul­to vberrimus, such menne doe I follow at the tayle, or at the hard Heeles, or the Elbow (for that is consectari) and among such persous I doe not so fashiō my selfe, that they may laugh at mee, but contrartwyse, whatsoeuer they sey or doe, I shewe them a mery countenaunce of myne owne selfe, and also make a great mar­ueyling at their high wils, Whatsoeuer they [Page] say, I commend it, and if they denye the same agayne, that also I commend, if a man say nay, I say nay also: if he say yea. I say yea to.

And for a conclusion to be short, I mayster, & rule mine owne selfe, to vphold his yea and his nay, & to sooth him and to say as he sayth in all manner thinges, for that is the next way now a dayes to get money ynough.

Adûlari is to flatter an other man in hūblinge himselfe, and beyng seruiseable about him, and to labour by such fashions to winne and get his fauour, whether it be by voyce, & wordes, or els by gesture of the body, or by any other way, or meane, whatsoeuer it bee. Nonius Marcel. sayth thus: Adulatio est proprié canum blandi­mentum quod ad homines consuetudine tran­slatum est, Adulation properly signifyeth the fauning and [...]raping of Degs vpon their mai­sters, from which property by translation it is applyed onely to men by vse of speakinge, and not by the proper signification of the word. Where note, that Adûlor is a verbe deponent and gouerneth a Datiue case. Valer Max Dio­genes Syracusis, cum olera ei lauanti Auistippus dixisset. Si Dionysio adulari velles, ista non esses: Im [...] inquit, si tu ista esse velles, Dio­nysio non adûlaris, Diogenes in the Citty of Sarragous (when that Aristippus had sayd vn­to hym, as he was washinge herbes for a Sa­lette these wordes. If thou wouldest seeke fa­uoure of Dyonisius the tyraunt, and flatter hym, thou shouldest not eate such meate as [Page] that) he aunswereth and sayd agayne: Nay it thou wouldest eate such meate as this, thou shouldest not neede to flatter Dyonysius.

Yet Cornelius Tacitus ioyned the same verbe de­ponent with an accusatine saying, Tigillinum aut quem alium adulatus est. He flattered Tigil linus or sum other man. There is also read Adulo, as, aui, are, an actiue, or trans [...]tyue go­uerning an Accusatiue case. Ci. li. 2. Tus. quest. where hee trans [...]ateth certayne verses out of a Tragedie of the Greke Poete Aeschilus, spea­king in the person of Prometheus of the Egle that [...]ed on his liuer: Tum iecore opimo far [...]a & satiata affatim, clangorem fundit vastum, & sublime aduolens, pinnata cauda nostum adû­lat sanguinem Then she beyng stuffed and satis­fied, euen at full with as much as shee woulde eate of my fatte liuer, gaue an horrible shrike & taking her flight high vp into the ayre, with her forked & stiffe fethred taile houered playing and dalying at my blood. Albeyt the dictiona­ryes take adulat there, for lambit or bibit, as who shoulde say in Englishe, shee sweeted her lippes, licking and sucking vp my bloud. And Cic. lib. 1. off. vseth the passiue of the same, Ca­uendum est, ne assentatoribus patefaciamus au­res neue adulari nos sinamus. We must beware that we open not our eares to flatterers, nor suffer our selues to be won, or ouercōmed with fauninge, or humble behauioure of others towardes vs. For there Cicero doth manifestlye put a difference betweene assentatiō and adula­tion [Page] The Poet Lucrecius, vsed Audûlo, as, aui, as a verbe neuter absolutely, that is to say, not ioyning any case with him in that verse: Longe alio pacto gannitu vocis adûlant. And Linacre in the place of Val. Max. aboue cited readeth thus. Diogenes Saracusis, cum olera ei lauaoti Aristippus dixisset. Si Dionysic adulari velles, ista non esses: Imò inquit, si tu Dionysium non adulares, illa non esses: But I find not the lat­ter in any examplary y^t I haue hetherto seene, but the commentaries reade, Si Dionysio non adulares, that it be a verbe neutre, gouerning a Datiue, where Oliuerus noteth y^t many verbes be neuters in o, and deponents in or, and of the same signification, as populo and populor, im­pertio impertior, adûlo and adûlor. &c.

Bandiri belongeth properly to touching and hādling, and by vnproper vsing, it is by a Me­taphore trāslated and referred to other partes of the body, yea and many tymes to the mynde.

Exemplorum plena sunt omnia.

39 Iàm ne imus? Shall wee goe nowe?

39 Hos priùs introducam, & quae volo simul im­perabo, I will first haue in these folkes, and geue in commaundement such thinges as I would haue done.

40 Posteà continuò exeo, That done I wil come foorth by and by. For in such maner of spea­kinges as this, and Iámne imus? afore, and Ego hinc abeo, next folowing, with others like where as the property of our Englishe tongue is to speake by the signe of the future tense, shal [Page] or will, the phrase of the Latine tongue, is to speake by the present tense.

41 Ego hinc abeo, I will be gone hence.

43 Quid tibi ego multa dicam? What should I make many woordes with thee?

43 Domini similis est. Such mayster such man. Some grammarians haue noted, that Similis gouerning a Datiue case, betokeneth lyke in fauor, shape, [...]eacture of body, or in Apparell, and Similis with a Genitiue after him, lyke of conditions, behauiour or qualities of y^• minds only, but that is no difference: for we reade in Cicero. Vt similia sunt, & oua ouorum & apes apum. Plau in Menech. Nec aqua aquae, nec lae lacti (crede mihi) vsquàm similius, quam hic tui est tuue huius. &c.

44 Quid rides? Whereat laughest thou?

46 Praecurre, vt sint domi parata omnia, Runne afore, that all thinges may be ready at home.

47 Diligenter fac cures. See thon bestyrre thee bustly.

48 Si Chremes hue forté venerit, ores vt maneat, It peraduenture Chremes shall come hyther, desyre him to tary.

49 Si id non commodum est, ores vt redeat, It hee may not conueniently so doe, pray hym to come agayne.

50 Si id non poterit, ad me adducito, It he may not doe that neyther, bring him to mee.

53 Domi adsitis facire, See that you keepe home or see that you keepe you within the house.

54 Vos me sequimini, Come you after mee.

In the third Scene.

1 Quantò magis, magisqúe cogito, The more and more that I cast in my mynd, or be thinke me.

2 Dabit mihi magnum malum, He wil doe mee a great shrewd turne.

4 Cum primū iussit me ad se accersi, Whē he first commaunded me to be sent for vnto him.

5 Quid tibi cum illa [...]s. Est negotij vel rei, per E­clipsin, What hast thou to do with her?

5 Ne nôram quidem, In fayth I could not haue tolde.

6 Vbi veni, causam, vt tibi manerem repperit, When I was once come, hee found an excuse or occasion to make, me tary there.

7 Ait rem seriam velle agere mecum, Hee sayde he would commune with me of a sed & weightye matter.

8 Iam tum erat suspitio, dolo malo haec fieri om­nia, Euen very than I mistrusted already, that all togeather shoulde bee done by fraude and collusion Dolus (sayth Donat) à dolendo, be­cause it maketh men sory, when they are beguy­led vel a dolendo, that is hurting or dimini­shing, for [...] in Greeke, is Laesio in latine hurting in English, and therof it is taken for all maner guyle, and decept, or trumpery. Do­li vocabulo (saith Nonnius Mar.) nunc tantūm in malis vtimur, antiqui autem etiam in bo­nis rebus v [...]ebantur, vndè adhuc dicimus sine dolo malo, nimirum quia solebant dici & bo­nus., and for his authoritye and example hee [Page] citeth this place of Terence, so that dolus is al manner of deceipt, and dolus malus is that, that we vse to say in c [...]glish, craft and coliusion. Reade De dolo malo, in the thirde booke of Cic. De offic. where amonge other thinges hee sayth thus. Nondum enim Aquilius collega & familiaris meus partulerat de dolo malo formu­las. In quibus ipsis eum: ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus malus, respondebat, cum esset aliud simulatum, aliud actum. For my fellow in office and familiar frende Aquilius had not made and established the four [...]e of the wryttes yet of Dolo malo, In which writtes when it was demaunded of hym, what was Dolus ma­lus, hee made, aunswere, and sayd that Dolus malus was when one thing was pretended and outwardly shewed, and an other thinge done & executed in deede.

8 Ipse accumbere mecum. i. accumbebat. Hee sate herde by me at the table

9 Mihi sese dare for dabar, He gaue attendaunce on me, to doe what I would haue him to doe.

9 Sermonem quaerere i. quaerebat He went about to finde communication. Sermonem. i. sermonis mareiam & causas.

11 Quam pridem pater mihi & mater mortui es­sent. s. rogabat, He asked me how long agone my father and my mother dyed.

14 Sperat se id a me auellere, He hopeth to put it away from mee.

17 Haec cur quaeri [...]et? Why should he require such thinges?

[Page] [...]0 Ea si viuit annos nata est sedecim, non maior, It shee be alyue, shee is sixtene yeares old, and no elder.

[...]1 Thais, ego quàm sum maiuscula est, Thais ys somewhat elder then I am.

22 Misit orare vt venirem serio, Hee sent one to pray me to come for a sad and weighty matter.

23 Aut dieat quod vult, aut molestus ne fiet. Ey­ther let him tel me what he would haue, or else, let him not trouble, or disqu [...]et me.

24 Non hercle veniam tertio, In fayth I will not come the third tyme

24 Hic quis est? Who is there▪

Ego sum Chremes. It is I Chremes.

25 O capitulum lepidissimum, O litle petite feare gospol Albeit it is the figure Synecdoche that is to say, part of the whole, set for the whose ca­pitulum for hominem

27 Rus eo, I goe into the countrey.

28 Apud no [...] hic mane dum redeat ipsa, Carye here with vs vntil she come her selfe.

29 Nihil minus, no poynt so.

30 Si istuc ita certum est tibi, If you be viterly determined and appoynted on that.

31 Illuc transi, vbi illa est, Goe thether where she is.

In the fourth Scene.

1 Heri aliquot adolescentuli coimus, Yester daye three or foure young men of vs met togeather.

2 Chaeream ei rei praefecimus, We made Cheres the ch [...]efe captayne and doer in that matter. Here Terence spake of a promise that was [Page] made for to meete together, and to make good cheere, so that in this place & meaning, it might cōuentently be englished, we made Cherea ou [...] steward and mayster of the feast.

3 Locus, tempus constitutum est, The place and tyme was appoynted.

4 Praeterijt tempus, The tyme or houre is past.

4 Quo in loco dictum est, pa [...]ati nihil est, In the place that was named is nothing ordayned.

5 Neque scio quid dicam, aut quid coniectem. And I cannot tell what I may say or what I may coniect, or thinke.

6 Mihi hoc negotij caeteri dedêre, illum, vt quae­ram, The rest of the company haue put mee to this laboure, or hath assygned me this office to goe seeke him.

7 Visam si domi est, I will goe see if hee be at home.

7 Quisnam hinc à Thaide exit? Who commeth foorth from Thais house here? Quisnam for quis: It is called Parelcon, that is, when a let­ter, or syllable is added, which maketh, or hel­peth nothing to the sense.

8 Is est? an non est? Is it he, or is it not?

8 Quid hoc hominis? i. qui hic homo est? What maner of felow is this, or what maner a felow haue we here?

8 Qui hic ornatus est? what maner apparayle cal you this?

9 Nequeo satis mirari, neque conijcere, I can not leaue maruayling, nor perfectly contect.

10 Libet sciseitari, I haue a phantaste to enquire [Page] or, I haue a great desire to aske. Sciscitor, a▪ tis. &c. is to as [...]e, to the ende for to knowe a thing, as the voyce it selfe sheweth, for it is de­ [...]iued of seio. P [...]cōtari, properly to aske, to the ende to reproue a man, & to take him in a tri [...]. Inte [...]ogare, is also to aske, to thende to know: Albeit, it is indifferently vsed for Per [...]ontor, to appose a man (as wee say.)

In the fifth Scene.

Nùm quis hic est? Is there any body heere? Nemo homo est. Ther is no man. Heere note that Homo is elegantly somtimes ioyned with nemo, notwithstanding that nemo is the same, that nullus homo, reade examples in Hadr de Serm: lat.

[...] [...]ámoe erópere hoc mihi licet gaudium? May I now out with this my ioy and gladnesse?

[...] Proh Iupiter. O Lorde.

[...] None est, interfici cùm perpeti me possum, ne hoc gaudium contaminet vita aegritudine ali­qua. Now at this present tyme so it is, that I coulde be content to dy, that life might not here after diste [...]gne this gladnes that I am in, by any misfortune, displeasure or sorrowe.

9 Ab eo gratiam hanc inibo, I wyll get or haue that thanke of him.

10 Quid est quod fic gestis? What is the matter that you leape and skippe so? that you fet such gambauldes? Gestire (sayth Donat) is to no­tifie, what the minde thinketh or des [...]re [...]h by the mouing and gesture of the body. And it is ma­nifest, sayth hee, that it is by translation taken [Page] of the property of bruite beastes, and referr [...] to man. And it may be referred as well to sor­row as to gladnes, or to anye other affectione appetite or passion of the mynde.

10 Quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? What meaneth this apparayle?

11 Quid est quod laetus sis? What is the matter why thou shouldest be so glad?

11 Quid me aspectas? Why stādest thou gasing vpon me? or, why starest thou vpon me?

12 O festus dies, O a highe and mery day.

12 Amice salue, Good fellowe God saue you, or, O louing friende, God rest you mery.

13 Nemo est, quem ego magis nunc cuperem vi­dere, quam te, There is no man lyuing, whom I would more gladly see nowe at this present tyme then thee.

14 Narra istuc quaeso, quid siet, I pray thee tell what the matter is: siet, for sit, per Epenthesin. Epenthesis is whē a letter or syllable is added into the middes of a woorde.

14 Imò, ego to obsecro, vt audias, Nay mary, I pray you that you will heare it.

15 Nostin 'hanc, quam amat frater? Doe you not know her heere, y^t my brother is in loue withal.

18 Elegans spector formarum, Very well skilled or seene in fayre women, or, a deinty fellowe in chosing of fayre women. For so doth Donatus expounde it.

20 Quid multa verba? s [...]loquar, What should I make many woordes?

20 Forte fortuna domi erat, As happe was he [Page] was at home, Haec fors sayth Nonius Marc, [...] fors ab hac forte, is properly a chaunce that so­daynly & casuallye falleth or hapneth at a time and Fortuna is the goddes her selfe that is the Fortune that euery persō hath geuen vnto him that such or such thinges shall happen to hym, or go from him. Actius in astianactè: Itera in quibus partibus, namque audire volo, si est quē exopto, & quo captus modo, fortuna ne an fortē reperitur, Tel and reherse agayn in what par­tyes, for I would fayne heare whether it be he that I desyre to see, or not, and how he was gotten, and whether he was found by Fortune, or els, by chaunce and casualty. Idem in An­dro. Multi, quibus natura praua magis quàm fors aut fortuna obfuit, Many vnto whom the frowardnes of theyr naughty nature hath done more harme thē hath eyther chaūce or Fortune. Lucil. in Saty.. Cui parilem fortuna locum, fa­tum (que) tulit fors. Vnto whom his fortune gaue like place & degree, or state of liuing, & chaunce gaue desteny of death semblablye & aunswera­ble to the same. Ibid. Aut forte omninò, aut for­tuua vincere bello eyther by blynd chaunce, or else by fortune to get the victory in battayle, Many times fors fortuna and forte fortuna, are ioyned together by subo [...]on, as saith Donat in the third Scene of the thirde Act of Hecyra: and then it betokenneth bone aduenture, or so­dayne good chaunce & good Fortune. Terent. in Phor. O Fortuna, O Fortuna, quantis com­moditatibus Antipho [...] hunc one [...]âs [...]is d [...]em? [Page] Oh Fortune, oh most good Fortune, with h [...] many commodityes, & good chaunces hast th [...] replenished this day to Antypho? Vbi Don [...] Fortuna dicta est incerta res, fors fortuna euen tus fortunae bonus, Fortune is called [...] thing vncertaine Fors fortuna is a good chaunce, [...] end of that thing that was vncertayne. And a­gayne in the same place Fortuna and fors For­tuna be two contrary thinges, for fors fortuna is the goddesse whom they serue, and hauyng [...] no occupation, whereby to get their liuinge whose temple was on the farside of Tiberis, [...] that Fortuna is vncertayne, and fors fortuna is in good chaunce. And therof Forte fortuna sometyme as a noune, and sometyme as an ad­uerbe, is that that wee say in English, in a good houre: or as good hap was,

22 Submonuit me Parmeno, Parmeno put m [...] in mynd by a bye worde.

23 Tacitus, citiùs audies, Holding your peace you shal heare it the sooner.

24 Vt vestem acum eo mutem, That I shoulde chaunge garmentes with him.

25 Quid ex ea re capies commodi? What bene­fite shalt thou get by that thing?

27 Nùm parua causa aut parua ratio est, Is that a small cause, or a s [...] consideration?

30 Mihi, ne absedam, imperat▪ He charged me not to goe away.

32 Ego ad caenam hinc eo, I goe [...]encefoorth to supper.

35 In conclaui sedet, He sitteth in the parlour.

[Page]36 Iouem Danae misisse aiunt quondam in gre­mium imbrem aureum. They say that Iupiter did on a time let fall into the lappe of Danae a shoure of droppes of Golde.

39 Impendiò magis animus gaudebat mihi. My heart was marueylous ioyfull and glad, styll more and more. Impendiò, aduerbium intendé­di, is as much as impensè, valdè, apptimè, great or very much: and it is commonly ioy­ned with the comparatiue degree. Aul. Gel. li. 1. cap. 2. Erat ibidèm nobiscum simul adoles­cens, philosphiae sectator: disciplinae, vt ipse di­cebat, stoicae, sed loquacior impendiò, & prōp­tior. There was in the same place together in company with vs a young man, student in phi­losophy, and (as he sayd him selfe) of the secte of the Stoikes, but very talkatiue, too too ful of woordes, and marueilous ready thereto. And therefore it is read elegātly ioyned with magis. Cic. Atti. At ille impenpiò magis odit senatū. But hee to to much hateth the Senatours, or the nobles of the city. And also with Minùs. Plau in Aulu. Atque ille minùs, minusue im­pendiò curare, minusue me imperti [...]e hono­ribus. But he set by me s [...]ll lesse and lesse, by a grat way, and did mee lesse honour, & shewed me lesse cou [...]teste, when it is put without ma­gis, it is indifferently ioyned with the pos [...]ti [...]e degree, or els with the comparatiue, as Impē ­diò verbosus, Very full of woordes, or Impē ­diò verbosior.

43 Homuncio hoc non facerem? Shoulde I a [Page] fellow of no reputation, not do that?

43 Ego illud feci, ac lubens, I did that same and that with all my hart.

44 Dùm haec mecum reputo, Whyle I cast, [...] recounted these thinges in my hand, Pu [...]am [...] instantia, reputamus praeterita. Donat.

44 Accersitur lauatum virgo, The mayden was called to go and wash her.

46 Sto expectā [...] si quid mihi imperēt I stode [...] loked whether they would bid me do any thing.

47 Cape flabellum, & ventulum facito, Take [...] flabell, and make a litle wynde. Flabellum, a di­minutiue of flabrum as labellum of labrum.

51 Foras simul omnes prorunt se, They rushed out of the dores altogether in a cluster▪ Abe [...] lauatum. They went to wash them.

52 Perstrepuunt, ita vt fit domini vbi absunt. They made a rubbinge in euerye corner, that all the house was to litle for them, as commonlye it chaunceth, when the mayster or dame is out of the way.

53 Interea somnus virginem opprimit, In the meane whyle sleepe tooke the mayden, or, the mayden fel a sleepe.

55 Pessulum ostio obdo, I sparred or bolted the doore. Pessulus, li. i. paruus pes a diminutiue of the nouue pes, and it is a bolt, or such like in­strumente, with which the doores bee shut fast on the insyde. Apuleius. Subdita claui pessules reduco, I put the key into the hoale, and pulled backe the bolt, Plau. in Aul. Occlude fores am­bobus [Page] pessulis, iam ego hic adero Shutte fas [...] the dore with both the boltes, I wil bee here a­gayne by and by.

56 An ego occasionem mihi ostētatam tam bre­uem, tam optatam, tam insperatam amitterem? Should I haue let go such oportunity & occa­sion beyng offered me so short of tyme and res­pite, so greatly desyred, so sodayne and nothing looked for?

59 Sane hercle vt dicis, In good sooth as you say.

59 Interim de symbolis quid actum est. In the meane season, what is done with our banket money. Symbolum. li. of the neuter gender, is the money that diuers persons lay togeather, as in a common purse make good cheere with­all, and such banque [...]s are called collations, a collatu, that is of laying togeather euerye one his portion.

60 Perlongè est sed tantò ocyùs properemus. It is very farre hence, but let vs make so much the more speede.

63 Domo exulo, I am banished from our house as who should say, I dare not goe thither, nor come there,

63 Metuo fratrē ne intus sit. I feare my brother least he be within.

64 Metuo patrem ne rure redierit, I feare my father least hee be come out of the countrye a­gayne. Where note that the Accusatiue fratrem & patrem, bee set for the Nominatiues, by the figure Antiptosis.

[Page]65 Eamus ad me, ibi proximum vbi mntes. s. ve­stem Goe we home to my house, there is the niest place where you may chaunge you.

67 Consilium volo capere vna tecum, I wil take counsayle with you, and see what is best to bee done.

Out of the fourth Acte in the first Scene.

2 Timeo, ne quam ille hodie turbam faciat. I feare least that fellow will make some busines & trouble to day.

6 Id faciebat retinendi illius causa, He did it for to keepe that other man there.

7 Ad eam rem tempus non erat, There was no tyme for that.

10 Heús puer Pamphilam accerse, Hoe, thou lad goe call Pamphila.

11 Minimè gentium, No, in no wyse in the world Minimè gentium (sayth Festus) dicebât vete­res pro eo quod est, omnium gentium iudicio minimè faciendum, the Laten men of old tyme did vse and take these woordes Minime gentiū as who should say thus, a thing as al the peo­ple in the worlde woulde iudge in no manner wyse to bee done. So that Minime gentium (as testifyeth Valla in anno contra Rau) is ta­ken for Minime and gentium is a voyce either emphaticos, or els as an exple [...]iue added festi­uitatis gratia, to these Aduerbes that follow, Minimè, Ter. in Ade. Ge [...]. Quapropter quoquo pacto caelato opus est. Sost [...]a, Ah minimè g [...]ti­um non faciā. Get. Wherefore in any wise it is [Page] expediēt, that it be kept secret. Sostrat. Tushe nay in no wise, I will not so do. Quo, Plaut, in Rud. Nòn hercle quò hinc nunc gentium au­fugiam, scio. By my truth I wot not whither in the worlde to goe now from hence. Quando, Plau in Amp. Amph. Quis te misit furcifer? Sos qui me rogat? Amphit. Quādo gentium Amph Who sent the knaue, Sos. Who sayth who? Amph. Whan? Longe. Cic. Atti. li. 6. Non quò me aliud iuuare posses, quippe res est in mani­bus tu autem abes lōge gentium. Not that you coulde doe me any helpe. For the matter is all ready in hande, & you are distant a greate way from mee.

And also with these aduerbs. Nusquàm, vnde­cun (que), vbinam, vbîuis, vbîque, vbî with al other their compoūds, as sicubi &c. where note that with these last rehersed, is read ioyned not only gentium, but also terrarum and locorum, and with vbi is also ioyned s [...]metimes the voyce of the genitiue singuler, loci. per subunionem, Plau, in Cap. Prope modùm vbi loci tuae fortu­nae sunt facilè intelligis, thou perceiuest verye well in maner, in what case or state thou and al that euer thou hast, do stād. Idem in mer. Nam si isthuc ius est, saenecta aetate scortari senes, vbi loci res summa nostra publica? For if this bee leefull that old folke in their olde age may vse the company of Harlots, then where is our great high commune weale become? And in all these y^e cōpoūds signify no more thā y^e simples.

12 Vbi primùm poterit se illinc subducet, sat [Page] scio As sone as he may possibly he wil priuely steale away from thence, I know very wel.

In the second Scene.

1 Dum rus eo, As I was going into the coun­trey.

2 Vbi quid in animo est molestiae, Whan there is any griefe in the hart, or, when there is anye griefe the hart, or when there is any grudge in the stomacke.

3 Caepi mecum inter vias, aliam rem ex alia cogi­tare. By the way as I went I began to cast in my mynd, and to remember one thinge after an other.

4 Dum haec reputo, praeterij imprudens villam. Whyle I recounted these thinges in my mynde I was gone past my house in the countrey. Villa properlye is a ferme house, or, a manour house, or any other house made and set without the City to dwel in, and to haue husbandry oc­cupied, deriued as Varro Li▪ 1▪ de re rust. Cap. 2. sayth a vehendo of carying: for that the husbād­man carieth in thither such fruits as come out of the ground: and semblably caryeth them out agayne, when they must bee solde. In Villa, most commonly are twoo partes, the one that the Farmer, or hynd, or whatsoeuer person els, (occupying the husbandrye, belonging vnto the same) dwelleth in, and there maketh, or, kee­peth all manner instrumentes appertayning to husbandrye, as corne, cartes, yokes for exē &c. and that was called by the latine men of olde tyme Villa rustica. The other part is that which the Lorde, or, owner reserueth and kepeth for [Page] himselfe to dwel in for his pleasure, and that was called Villa vrbana, because it was in all poyntes as goodly, and as well appoynted, as becommeth a house standing within the citty to bee (and was more pleasauntlye builded, and more goodly decked and better furnished with all implementes of housholde, and kept more nete and cleane, then for a house of the country. Varro. li. de re rust. Fructuosior certè fundus est propter aedificia si potius ad antiquorum dili­gentiam, quam ad horum luxuriam dirigas ae­dificationē. Illi enim ad fructū rationem facie­bant, hi ad libidines indomitas. Itaque illorum villae rusticae erant maiores, quam vrbanae, quae nunc sunt pleraeque. Of a verye certayntye a mans ground is the more fruitfull and profi­table for the housing that is builded vppon it, yf a man order and fashion the buildinge and framing and setting vp of it after the diligent fashion of men of old tyme, rather then after the prodigall excessiue and ouer sumptuous fa­shion of men that are now a dayes. For the men of olde tyme made their buildinges in the coū ­try, as was most conuenient for the fruites of the ground to bee receiued thereinto, and now a dayes they build for pleasure, that is neuer ruled by any reason, nor neuer satisfied, therfore their Villae rusticae were bigger and larger thē manye Villae vrbanae that are now a dayes.

5 Longè iam abieram, I was already gone beyond it a great way.

5 Cum sensi, redeo rursum, when I perceyued [Page] it. I came back agayne.

7 Vbi ve [...]i ad diuerticulum, constiti, when I came to the place where the way turneth in, I stoode still.

8 Occepi mecum cogitare, I began to thinke in my mynd.

8 Biduum hic manendum est. I must abyde here by the space of two dayes.

9 Quid tum posten? What then?

10 Si non tangendi copia est, eho ne videndi qui­dem erit? If I may not haue leaue to touch it, what shall I not bee suffred to looke vppon it neyther?

10 Si illud non licet, saltem hoc licebit, If I may not do that, yet at least way this may I doe.

14 Timida subitò egreditur Pythias, Pythias be­yng in feare commeth forth hastely.

In the third scene.

1 Vbi ego illum scelerosum, atque impium inue­niam? Where may I fynd that vngratious & wicked fellow?

4 Ludificatus est virginem. He beguyled the may­den.

Vestem omnem miserè discidit, He al to cut her cote, that pitty it was to see.

5 Ipsam capillo conscidit, Hee tore her by the hayre.

7 Vt ego vnguibus illi in oculos inuolē, Oh how I would flye on him with my nayles, & scratch out his eyes.

8 Nescio quid absente nobis turbatum est domi. [Page] There hath bene some busines, or trouble, or there hath bene some shrewde turne done at home (whatsoeuer it is) whyle I haue bene a­way forth. Here is (sayth Donat,) eyther Absēte sette for a Preposition, gouerning an ablatiue case, as when it is sayd, coram nobis, coram a­micis, &c. or else, which I more allow, and thinke better sayde) the figure Archaismos, that is an imitation of speakinge of the olde tyme. For the antiquitye vsed absente nobis for absente me, or rbsentibus nobis. Plaut. in Amph. Si in actione hanc absente nobis inue­nit puer. If the boy founde and tooke her with the manner in the deede doynge, whyle I was away, And lykewyse praeesente nobis for prae­sentibus nobis. Plaut. in Amph. Nec nobis praesente aliquis nisi seruus Aphricanus adest, Neyther any man but the seruaunt that came out of Aphrique was here whyle I was pre­sent. Ibidem. Nec nobis praesente quisquam aliquis ausi sunt And whyle I was present they durst not, not any one of them all.

Pom. Qui apud forum paesente testibus mihi vendidit. Which solde it vnto mee openly in the streete before witnesse. Idem. Sine ergo isthue, praesente amicis inter scoenam, let this alone now, wee will speake more of it in the supper tyme when our frendes be present.

Varro in Marcellum ex Donato. Id praesen­te legatis omnibus exercitu pronunciabat, Hee spake that onely in the host, all the ambassa­doures beyng there present,

[Page]8 Quid festinas, aut quem quaeris? Why hyest thou so fast, or whom seckest thou for?

9 Abi hinc quo dignus es cum donis tuis tam le­pidis. I [...] speede or il lucke take you for me with your giftes being so goodly and proper.

10 Quid ist huc est rei? What is the matter?

11 Quas turbas dedit? What trouble, or what aray, hath hee made?

12 Virginem vitiauit, he hath defloured a maidē.

13 Temulentus es? Thou art drunken.

13 Vtinàm sic sint, qui mihi malè volunt, would God myne euill willers were in that case.

14 Quidnam istuc monstri fuit? What a mon­ster was that, what monstrum is, it is shewed afore.

15 Ego illum nescio qui fuerit. I know him not what hee was.

16 Hoc quod fecit res ipsa indicat, thys that hee hath done, the thing it selfe doth playnly shew.

18 Ille-bonus vir nusquam apparet, That honest man cannot bee seene.

19 Suspicor aliquid domo abeuntem abstulisse I mistrust that he stol [...] & tooke away some what, when he went out of the house.

19 Nequeo mirari satis, quò ille abire ignauus possit longiùs, nisi si domum fortè ad nos redi­erit, I cannot meruayle enough whyther that luske could go farre, except if peraduenture he be gone home agayne to our house.

21 Vise amâbo nùm ibi sit, go see as euer I shall loue you, or, as euer I shall do you good turne whether he be there. Amâbo, is after some an [Page] aduerbe of exhorting, or after some other an in teriection of flattering and louinge, and it is the same that we say in englishe, as euer I shal doe you good turne, or pleasure, or as euer I shall loue you. Plaut. Noli amâbo Amphitrio irasci Sosiae causa mea, as euer I shal loue you Amphitrio, bee not angry with Sosta, for my sake. And it is indifferently referred to one sin­guler, or els to many. Idem in Truc. Propera­te, mensam afferte amâbo. H [...]e at once & bring the table I pray you. Oratours vse in the same signification, also amâbo te, & amamè. Ci. Cas­sio. Et amâbo te, cum dabis post hàc aliquid do­mū literarum, mei memineris. And as euer I shall loue you, whan you shall from henceforth send any letter home, remember me. Id. Attic. Amâbo te incūbe in eam rem, & ad me scribe. As euer I shall owe you my harty loue, sticke well to that matter, and write vnto me. Eidem Amamè, non libenter lidi, sed modò succenset, modò gratias agit? As euer you may trust or loue mee, I sawe it not gladly, but some­whyle hee is angry, and somewhyle hee geueth thankes. See more examples in Hadrian, de. ser. lati. Linacre saith that Amâbo and a­mabò te, is Enallage, that is a verbe, (sayth he) or a whole sense for an aduerbe. For Enallage is when one part of spech is put for an other. And amâbo hath not the second sillable short▪ as Calepine and Thesaurus lin. la. and others would haue it▪ setting acutum accētum in pri­ma, but lōg as Cat. Amâbo mea dulcis Ipsiphil [Page] la Martial: li. 8. Di [...] verum mihi Marce dic amâbo, Sidonius ad Faeli. Dic quod peto Magne, dic amâbo. That no man be deceyued in accenting that worde.

22 Tam infandum facinus ne audiui quidem, So

2 [...] abhominable a deede I haue neuer hard of,

23 Pol ego amatores audieram esse mulierum eo [...] maximos, In deede I had herd say that they were the greatest louers of women that be.

25 Illum aliquò conclusissem. I would haue shut him vp fast in some corner.

In the fourth Scene.

1 Exi foràs sceleste. Come forth thou naughty packe.

1 At etiam restitas? What, dost thou stop, and draw backe st [...]l.

2 Prodi fugitiue. Come forth thou runnaway.

3 Illuc vide os vt sibi distorsit carnifex, i [...]scelestus? See yond how the slouen knaue maketh awrye mouth?

4 Quid huc reditio est? Wherrfore art thou come hether agayne?

5 Si paululum cessassem, domi non offendissem. If I had taryed a litle longer, I shoulde not haue found him at home.

6 Iam ornabat fugā, He was euen about to runne away.

7 Habesné hominem amâbo? Haue you gotten the field I pray you?

10 Hunc oculis suis nostrum nunquam quisquam vidit. Not one of vs euer set hys eye on this fellow.

[Page] [...] An tu hunc credidisti esse obsecro? Did you thinke that it had bene this man, I pray you?

[...] Ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum est. Nay this fellow is not to be compared with him, or, this fellow is not to be likened to him.

[...] Ille erat honesta facie & liberali. He had a goodly and a wel fauoured face, or he was both fayre and wel fauoured. For that signifyeth li­beralis sometyme ioyned with facies, as here, or with forma. Terenr in Andr. Et quia erat forma praeter caeteras honesta ac liberali, accedo ad pe­dissequas, rogo quae sit, And because she was more goodly, and more fayre, and beautiful, thē any of the other, I came vnto the maidens, that wayted on her, and required what shec was.

[...]5 Ita visus est dudum. So he seemed erewhile.

[...]6 Varia veste exornatus fuit, he was trimmed in in gay apparel. Varia, id est, multiformi, versi­eolori.

[...]7 Nunc tibi videtur foedus, Now you thinke him foule and it fauoured, Foedum is that that is foule, ill fauoured, and loathsome to looke on.

[...]8 Tace obsecro, Hold thy peace I pray thee.

[...]8 Quasi vero paulùm intersiet for intersit, per e­penthesin, As who sayth, there was but small difference betwene them,

[...]9 Ad nos deductus hodie est adolescentulus quē tu vero videre velles, there was brought home to our house to day, such a younge man, as a man would be glad to seee, or such a younge [Page] man, as a man would be the better in his ha [...] to looke on.

21 Hic est vetus, vietus, veternosus, senex, colore mustelino, This is an old rusty theefe, rotten, and weake, vnlusty, and all to riueled, and as tawny coloured as a wesell.

Vetus is old Plau. in Amphi. Veterem & anti­quam rem, nouam ad vos proferam I wil shew you an old antique thing, burnished and made new agayne, or I wil shew you a newe thinge made of an olde. And sometyme (as witnes­seth Donatus in this place of Terence) Vetus is referred to rebuking and reprouing.

Terentius in prologo Andriae, Qui maleuoli veteris poetae maledictis respond eat. How hee may make answeare to the raylinge of that olde rusty Poet his aduersarie. Idem in prologo Heautont. Tum (quam) maleuolus vetus poeta di­ctat repentè ad studium hunc se applicasse mu­sicum. i. musarum, hoc est bonarum literarum. And further, whereas the enuyous old naughy poet allegeth that this man sodaynly applyed himselfe to the study of good letters. Idé in pro­logo Phormi. Postquā poeta vetus, poetam non potest retrahere a studio &c. now y^• the nauhty rotten Poet cannot withdraw this Poete Te­rence from study Vietus Donate expoundeth mollis, flaccidusque, & flexibils corpore, Weake and lanke and [...]mmer of body.

Vietus sayth Fest. Pom. dicitur languidus, si­ne vi, & naturalibus priuatus viribus. Weake faynt, or wearish, droupinge without an [...]e [Page] strength, or lacking natural strength. Cice. de senect. Sed tamen necesse fuit esse aliquod ex­tremu [...], & tanquam in arborum baccis, terrae­que frugibus maturirate tempestiua, quasi vietū & eadu [...]um, (quam) ferendum est molliter sapienti. But yet it could not be chosen, but their should be some terme and end, and like as in the ber­ryes of trees, and in the corne growing on the grounde, at what tyme they be through rype) as who should say, fayntnes, weaknes, and fay­ling in strength, and to be ready to fal and to de­cay in strength, and being mortall which a wise man ought to take paciently. So the vieatum is weake, limmer, faint, & without any strength and therof commeth vimina and vimenta ofters that is the limber twigges of willow, that the [...]unneylers, or, Cowpers occupy about theyr houpes, with which they bynd theyr tubbes, or barelles. And vier [...] is to bynd tubbes, or bar­rels, or other vessels with such twigges. And victor is the coper that doth make and bynde them. Veternosus properly is hee that hath the diseasè which is called in Latine veternus in greeke [...] of Auicen, [...] and Phisitions subetum or subetium, that is a disease ingen­dring in the body continuall desyre of sleepinge by reason of to much [...]d [...]enes, and ease, other­wyse called sluggardye, slouthfulnes. Which disease because it is most cōmonly in aged per­sons, therefore veternosus is match taken and vsed for him that is diseased with sleep [...]nes [Page] or as they say) drousines, so that he hath no [...] to bestirre him, but rather to sit stil as [...] with continual slumberyng and sleeepe. for Veternus is taken for vnmeasurable, [...] ouermuch sleepe.

Pli. li. 8. natur. histor. speaking of beares, Pri­mis diebus bis septenis iam graui somno [...] premuntur, vt ne vulneribus quidem [...] queant, tune mirum in modū veterno pinques­cunt. The first fourteene dayes, Beares [...] oppressed with so heauy sleepe, [...]hat they cannot be wakened and made to aryse though a man wound them right fore, and thē they waxe wō ­derfull fatte in that longe and continuall sleepe Cato taketh Veternosum, for one hauing the hydropsie, wher he sayth: Veternosus quàm plu­rimū bibit, tam maximè si [...]it, He that hath [...] hydropsie, the more he drinketh the more thirs [...] he is Senex (in this place of Terence) is taken for rugosus withered and [...]tueled.

22 Quae haec est fabula [...] What a tale, or sayinge haue we here?

23 Eo me redigis, vt quid egerim egomet nesciā. Thou bringest mee to that poynte that I can­not tell myne owne selfe, what I haue done.

25 Venistin' hodie ad nos? Camest thou to our house to day?

26 At illic alterivenit annos natus sedecim. But that other came, being of the age of sixtene yeares.

27 Agedúm hoc mihi expedi. Come of, tell mee [Page] this at ones:

28 Istam quam habes vnde habes vestem? This garment that thou hast on thee, where gottest thou it? or how camest thou by it?

30 Quam dudum? How long agone, or how litle whyle agone?

31 Quicum? with whom?

31 Noras ne eum prius? Diddest thou know him before?

33 Vnde igitur fratrem meū esse sciebas? Wher­by then knowest thou, that hee was my bro­ther?

34 Is dedit hanc vestem mihi, Hee gaue me this coate.

35 Vnà ambo abierunt foras, They went forth of doores both together.

36 Iam satis credis me nihil méritum? do you now beleue wel that I made no lye.

37 Certum est virginem vitiatam esse. Certayne it is and out of paraduenture, that the mayden is defloured or, hath lost her virginity, or [...] wee say in an english prouerbe, shee hath caught a a clap.

38 Credis huic quod dicat? Dost thou beleue such a one as this is, what he sayth?

38 Quid isti credam? What shoulde I beleeue this peeuish fellow? For iste most tymes beto­keneth and importeth a certayne contempte.

38 Res ipsa indicat, The matter it selfe sheweth playnly.

[Page]39 Concede isthuc paululum, Go a litle that way, come a litle neere hither to me. For isthuc here is taken for huc.

40 Dic dum hoc rursum, Tel me this yet once [...] agayne.

42 Iupiter magne, o seelestum atque audacē ho­minem, Good Lord, oh what a naughty, or vn­gratious bold fellow is that?

43 Vae mihi, etiam nunc non credis indignis no [...] esse irrisus modis? Alas, dost thou not yet be­leeue, that we haue bene deluded and scorned shamefully and in vngodly mannet?

44 Mirum ni tu credis quod iste dicat, It is mer­uayle, but you do beleeue that this peeuish fe­low sayth.

45 Pessum ne hodie te exculpere verum. Shall not I be able to get out the truth of thee, ere I goe? Exculpere properlye is to graue out, or to carue, as a man carueth an image, and per me­taphoram, it is taken sometymes pro extorque­re, to extort, or to get out by vyolence, or punish­mēt the truth, if any thing that a man desyreth to know. Plaut. Quot illi blanditias, quid pro­misi boni, quot admoui fabricas & quot fallaci­as in quaestione vix exculpsi vt diceret? With what fayre words did I hādle him, what faire & goodly promises did I make vnto him, how many wylie imaginations, and how many sub­tiltyes, wherwith to be guyle him did I set and lay vnto him in examininge him, and yet I coulde vneath get out of him? to tell it for any [Page] thing I could do vnto hym. Fabrica properlye is a forge, or frame of a carpenter or workman, of Fabricor, aris, to frame, and per metapho­ram, to inuent, or to ymagine, and thereof Fa­bricas here is taken for fallacias, and those two woordes signifie one thing, and the coniunctiō copulatiue & comming betwene them is taken for id est.

46 Non potest sine malo fateri, video, He cannot be made to confesse it without punishmente I see well.

47 Sequere me hac, come after me this waye here.

47 Modò ait, modò negat. Somewhyle he sayth yea, and somewhyle nay.

48 I intrò go thy wayes in

49 Honestè quo modo hinc abeam nescio. I can not tel how to get, or how to depart hence with myne honesty.

50 Tu me hic nebulo ludificabere? Shalt thou mocke mee here thou mocke? or, thou villayne shalt thou scorne and make a laughinge stocke of me here.

51 Parmenonis tàm scioesse hanc techuā, quam me viuere, I do as wel know that this is the crafty ymagination of Parmeno, as I knowe that I am alyue. Techne is a greeke word and pro­perlye signifyeth anye craft, and by translation it is taken for craftye and subtil ymaginati­ons Plautus. in Cap. Ego arumnatus, dear­tuatus sum miser, scelesti hominis technis, qui me vt lubitum, est, ductauit dolis, I vnfortu­nate [Page] body am brought to misery and in manner pulled in peeces through the craftines & sub­tiltie of this naughty felow which hath led me with his trappes and guiles euen as him li­sted, Deartuare properly is to cut, or to hew in peeces one part or member from an other, as traytors be deartuati, when they bee quartered,

52 Inueniam hodie parem vbi referam gratiam. I wil ere I sleepe tynd some thing, whereinto requite him.

53 Quin nunc faciendum censes? What thinke you best to be done now?

54 Vtrum taceam an praedicem, Whether should I keepe it secret, or vtter it?

54 Tu pol si sapis, quod, scis nescis, Verely, if you be wyse, that that you knowe, you wil not know.

56 Hac re & re omni turba euolues, & illi gratum feceris, By this thing doyng, thou shalt both tidde, wynd, and quit thy selfe out of al trouble, and also do him greate pleasure.

57 Id modò dic abisse Dorum for abijsse per syn­copen, Say thou nothing but this, Dorus is gone his way.

58 Cúm inde abeo, iam tum inceperat turba in­ter eos. When I came my wayes from thence, they had alreadye begun to bee at strife and to make busines, and to quarell togeather.

59 Aufer aurum hoc, Haue away this gold.

59 Ego scibo ex hoc quid sciet, I will knowe of this man here, what the matter is.

¶ In the fift Scene.

1 Data verba mihi sunt, I am deceiued.

1 Vicit vinum quod bibi, The wine that I haue drunken, hath ouercommed me, as who should say, I feele my selfe drunken.

2 Dum accubabam, videbar mihi pulchrè sobrius Al the while that I sate at the table me thought I was very sober, and in very good temper. Pulchrè. i. valdè, oppidò, nimis, admodum.

3 Postquàm surrexi. ne (que) pes, nequè mēs satis su­um officium facit. Now that I am vp, neither my feete, nor my wit serueth me very well.

4 Vah quantò nunc fo [...]mosior videre mihi quam dudum? Oh how much fayrer seeme you to me now, then you did whyle ere?

6 Verbum herclè hoc verum est, Certes this is a true sayinge.

7 An abijt iam? Is he gone already?

8 Lites sunt inter eos maximae, There is very great striefe and debate betwene them, Or they be at great woordes together, For that signi­fieth properly lites, striuing in wordes.

9 Abiens mihi innuit, Whan he went away he [...] becked on mee.

10 Nonnè id sat erat? Was not that enough?

10 Nesciebam id dicere illam, I knewe not that she meant that by her saying, or by her wordes that shee spake

11 Intellexi minùs, I vnderstoode it not.

11 Me extrusit foràs, Hee thruste mee out of the doores.

[Page]12 Miror vbi ego huic anteuerterim. I maruaill in what place I got before this man, that I sawe him not.

In the sixt Scene.

1 Credo illum iam affuturum esse, I think vere­ly that he will be here anone,

2 Si illam digito attigerit vno, oculi illico effo­dientur▪ If he touche her with one finger, hys eyes shalbe pulled out of his head immediatly. Vno digito, a prouerbe read in Chil. Erasmi.

3 Ego illius ferre possum ineptias, & magnifica verba, verba, dum sint, I can very well beare and suffer his foolishenes and his royall high woordes, so longe as they bee nothinge but woordes.

4 Verùm enim si ad rem conferantur, vapulabit, But in fayth, if they turne to d [...]edes, hee shall aby, or he shall smarte. Conferantur. 1. trans­ferantur, conuertantur. s. verba And it is a pro­per and elegant maner of speaking, sayth Do­nat: as if a man should say in latin, He began to do as he sayde, he may say it properly in la­tin thus. Verba ad rem contulit. i. id quod ver­bis dixetat, te facere aggressus est.

5 Iamdudùm adsum. I am here and haue bene a good whyle. Dudùm & iamdudùm betoken and bee spoken of shorter time, as of one, or two, or three, or fower houres. Nupèr, pridèm, & iampridèm, of somewhat longer tyme, as of sixe monethes or yeres, or more or lesse, as the matter is. But dudùm and iamdudùm, pri­dèm and iampridèm, haue this difference that [Page] dudùm nupèr, and pridèm, doe signifie the a [...]te of the verbe to be ended and past, and therfore they be most commōly and most elegantly ioy­ned wyth verbes of pretertenses, as, [...]ee went away a good whyle since, Dudùm abijt. Hee wrote vnto mee long agone of that matter. Ea de re pridèm ad me scripsit. He was in the city of late dayes, Fuit nupèr in vrbe. Iamdudùm and iampridèm, signifie the acte of a verbe, re­mayninge and continuinge still, and therefore most vsually they bee ioyned with verbes of the present tense thus. The maister is in the schole, and hath bene a prety while, Iamdudùm praeceptor est in schola. Hee is a very greate frend of myne, and hath bene many a day. Iam­pridèm est mihi amicissimus. Yet both these are much and ofte times reade ioyned wyth verbes of pretertences, and contrarywise, that others with verbes of the present [...]ence, as she­weth Laur. Vall lib. 2 eleg. cap. 34.

5 O mi Chreme, te ipsum expecta [...]am▪ O sweete Chremes, I looked for you, and no man els.

6 Scin' tu turbam hanc propter te esse factam? Dost thou knowe or consider, that all this bu­sines or trouble hath bene for thee?

6 Scin' ad te attinere hanc omnem rem? Doest thou remember, that all this matter pertey­neth to thee, or toucheth thee, or lyeth thee vp­pon?

7 Dum tibi sororem studeo reddere, & restituere, Whyle I goe about and labour to render, and [Page] to restore to you your sister.

8 Haec atque huiusmodi multa passus sum, I haue suffred these thinges, and many other like or haue had this, or much other lyke trouble.

9 Est domi apud me, Hee is at home at my house.

11 Hoc tibi dono do, I geue this vnto you free­ly. Dono dare, to geue freely. For dyuers verbs be construed and elegantly ioyned with a dou­ble Dartue, of which one is set in manner ad­uerbially, and much like an aduerbe, and yet is none. As thou hopest to haue laude and prayse for the same thinge, whiche thou layest vnto me as a fault, Speras id tibi laudi fore, quod mihi vitio vertis. Take thou no care, nor thought for the matter. Ne sit tibi curae. He hath layed his coate to pledge to mee De­dit mihi vestem pignoti. He hath put put mo­ney in my handes in the way of vsurye. Dedit mihi pecuniam foenori. Hee hath lente mee a groate. Dedit mihi mutuo dtachmam. Hee hath lente mee a gowne, Dedit mihi vestem commodato. And so here in Terence, Hanc tibi dono do▪ For hanc I put hoc, because it is more in vse, and more conuenient to bee spoken, For which cause. I chaunge almost euerye where in this booke the feminine gender, into the masculine, or neuter, as the place best ad­mitteth.

Caue neprius quam hoc a me accipias a­mittas, Beware that you leese it not before you [Page] receiue or haue it of mee.

Cistellam domo effer cū monumentis. Bryng forth the litle coffer with the tokens.

18 Nùm formidolosus obsecro es? Arte thou feareful or false hearted, or doth thy heart faile thee man I pray thee? for (as Denate sayth) formidolosus is the same that terribilis, me­tuendus, to be feared, and also timidus, feareful or false hearted.

19 Egon' formidolosus? Nemo est omnium qui metuat minùs. I false hearted? there is no man aliue that feareth lesse.

20 Quem tu me hominem, existimas? i. qualem. what maner of felow thinkest thou that I am.

21 Cogitato quicum res tibi est. Remember with whom thou hast to doe. Quicum. i. cum quo: For some prepositions are sometime contrary to y^e nature of prepositions set after their case: as mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum, and not cum me, te, se, nobis, vobis. The mat­ter, whereof we communed yesterday, came no­thing to passe, as I would haue it, Res qua de sumus he [...]i collouti, minimè mihi cessit ex sententia. So ore tenus, Italiam versus, ad o­riētem vs (que) quapropter. &c. And whereas quis hath the ablatiue both quo and qui, wee may indifferently say cum qui, and quicū, in all gen­ders. Cic. Ser. Sulpit. lib. 4. epis. fami. Nemo est omnium, quicum potiùs mihi, quam tecum cō ­municandum putem. There is no man alyue, with whom I thinke I ought rather to com­mune of myne affayres then with you. [Page] And also plurally we say indifferētly cum quis bus and quibuscum, quicum, or cumqui.

21 Peregrinus est, minùs potens quam tu, minus notus, amicorum hic habens minus. Hee is a straunger here, and lesse may do then you, he is lesse acquaynted, and hath fewer frendes in these partes.

23 Quod cauere possis stultum est admittere. It is a foolishnes to suffer that ill to be done that a man may avoid. Admittere. i. fieri sinere sayth Donat, and cauere here I take for propellere & declinare.

24 Malo ego nos prospicere, quam hunc vlcisci accepta iniuria. I haue liefer, or I had rather that we prouyde for the matter afore, then to be reuenged on him after that wee haue had a shrewd turne. Prospicere here is taken for pro­uidere, to foresee, and so to prouyde a remedy a­gaynst ill that might els chaunce. Cic. de sen. Multi cum remissi ac liberi sunt, futura prospi­ciunt. Many when they be at quet, and at li­berty, they foresee thinges, that shal follow, or come after.

Idem ser. Sulp. Tanquam ex aliqua specula prospexitempestatem futuram, I foresawe the tempest that shoulde follow as though I had bene in some high place to see euery way round. For that signifyeth properly specula, whether it be a hyll, or a towre, or a rocke, or a stone, or a tree, or els what: beyng of such heyght, that one may see farre euery way round about.

[Page]25 Tu abi atque ostium obsera intùs. Goe thou & locke the dore on the insyde.

25 Ego hinc transcurro ad forum, I wil runne, or make a start from hence into the streete.

Now Forum is to be takē in such manner spea­kinges as this, it shewed afore in Andria.

30 Si vim faciet, in ius ducito hominem. If he shal offer to do any thing by force, vyolence or strengh of hand, cōmence a fayre action against him, and goe to the law with him.

31 Fac animo haec praesenti dicas, see that thou speake this with a bold spirite, as who should say, that thy wittes by thyne owne, and that thy hart fayle thee not, when thou shouldest speake this.

31 Attolle pallium. Take vy your cloke about you Pallium here is taken pro chlamide.

32 Huic ipsi est opus patrono, quem ego defen­sorem paro. Hee whom I goe about to make mine aduocate, or man of lawe, or defender of my cause, or my spokesmā, himselfe hath nede of one to defend hym Patronus is he that defen­deth another man beyng in trouble or peril.

In the senenth Scene.

1 Hā [...]in [...] ego contumeliam tam insignem in me accipiam. Should I suffer such a notable, or shameful despyte to be done vnto mee? hic haee insignis, & hoc insigne, is that this is very no­table, whether it be in good, or in yll, as we say insignis virtute, and insignis flagitijs.

[Page]2 Mo [...]i me satius est. I were better be deade.

4 Malè mulctabo ipsum. I will punishe hym sharply. Mulctabo. i. puniam here, for mulctare properly is for to punishe by the purse.

[...] Imperatoris virtutem noueram & vim militū. I knew the manlinesse, or valpauntnesse of the Capytayne, and the strength or power of hys souldiours.

[...] Noueram sine sanguine hoc fieri non posse, I knewe well that this could neuer bee done, or ended without bloudshed.

10 Solus Sannio seruat domum. No man but Sannio keepeth the house.

11 Omnibus signum dabo. I will geue vnto all the compainy a token of knowledge when they shall begin.

12 Illuc est sapere, That is one poyncte of wise­dome.

12 Vt hosce instruxit, ipse sibi cauit loco. After that hee had set the others in array, hee proui­ded for him selfe to stand in a fure place, out of all perill and daunger.

13 Idem hoc Pyrrhus factitauit. The very selfe same thing vsed Pyrthus to doe.

13 Viden'tu, quam hic. rem agit? Dost thou see, where aboute this fellowe goeth?

14 Nim irum consilium illud rectum est, de occlu dendis aedibus. Certes that is right good coū ­sayle, that I gaue you, to shutte in your doores agaynst him.

15 Hic nebulo magnus est, This is a great lub­berly knaue.

[Page]16 Ne metuas, Be not a [...]card.

16 Omnia prius experiri quam armis sapientem decet. It is the part of a wyse man to proue and assay all other wayes, ere he fight for anye thing.

20 Qui scis an que iubeam sine vi faciat. What knowest thou, whether hee will do that thou shal commaund and enioyne hym peaceably, or without compu [...]sion?

20 Dijvostram fidem, O good lord in heauen, an interiection of maruayling

21 Quanti est sapere? What a great matter it is to haue perfect wisedome? quanti est. i. quam magna res est.

21 Nunquam accedo, quin abs te abeam doctior. i prudentior, I neuer come vnto you, but that I part from you wiser then I came.

22 Primùm hoc mihi responde, First anuswere me to this.

26 Quid cum illo agas? What shouldest thou do with him? or, what should one do with such a man?

26 Cum eo clam subduxti te mihi. Thou con­ueyghedst thy selfe away, or, thou stolest away priuely out of my company, aud wentest with him Subduxti for Subduxisti, per Syocopē. And clam here is an aduerbe. For boyses of prepo­sitions when they gouerne no case, are chaun­ged alwayes into aduerbes. Libuit s. mihi. It was my pleasure.

27 Pamphilam hùc redde, nisi vi mauis [...]ripi, Restore mee hether Pamphila with good [Page] will, except thou wilt haue her taken away fr [...] the perforce and by strength of hande.

29 Quid tu tibi vis? What wouldest thou haue▪ or what meanest thou?

30 Nescis, cui maledicas nunc viro You wot not on what maner of man you rayle now, or thou knowest not vnto what maner a man thou ge­uest or speakest euill wordes now.

30 Nòn tu hinc abis? wilt thou not get thee hence?

31 Si quicquam hodiè hic turbae coeperis, faciam vt huius loci diei (que) mei (que) sōper memineris. It thou begynne to make any trouble, or any adoe heere at this time. I will geue thee a cause to thinke on this place, and this day, and also on me, as long as thou shalt lyue.

33 Miseret me tui, qui hunc tantum hominem fa­cias inimicum tibi. I haue pity on thee, that thou geuest vnto him heere, being so greate a man, cause and occasion to bee thyne enemy, or thy heauy maister.

34 Diminnam ego tibi caput, nisi abis. I wyll breake thy head, except thou get thee hence.

34 Ain' vero canis? sayest thou so, in deede, thou curr [...]she Knaue? Canis (sayth Donate) is a woorde that men vse to obtect vnto such as be impudent and shamelesse followes, or to any o­thers in despite and for a greate contuinely or check, as now in this time, the Turkes call vs Christian men, dogges, and one enemy in tyme of warre, calleth any souldiour on the contrary parte, dogge, in despite. And it is taken of the Greekes for those, whom the Latin men call [Page] impudentes, shamelesse fellowes, the Greekes call properly kynopas [...]i: Canino aspectu homi­nes. Men looking lyke Dogges.

35 Quis tu homo es? What man arte thou, or, who arte thou?

37 Edico tibi, ne vim facias vllam in illum. I charge thee, that thou [...]ay no violent hands on me

39 Tu me prohibeas, meum ne tangam? Shalt thou let mee to lay hande on that, that is mine owne?

40 Hic furti se alligat. He chargeth himself of fe­lony or trespasse. Alligat se furti (sayth Dona­tus). [...]. reum le efficit fraudis, Alligat. i. astrin­git. laqueat, & obnoxium facit. Entang [...]eth and bringeth him selfe in daunger of impeche­ment. And furtum is not only theft or robbe­ry, but also all maner felony, or other iniury, fraude, deceipt, guile, or any trespas, whatsoe­uer it be, that is in latyne, Omne maleficium generaliter.

41 Satis hoc tibi est. That is enough for thee.

41 Idem hoc tu ais? saiest thou euen the [...]ame to?

41 Quaere qui respondeat. Looke whom thou wilt to aunswere thee, for I will not.

42 Quid nunc agimus? what shall we do now?

42 Iàm tibi aderit supplicans vltrò, He wil come to you anone of his owne minde, and desire you on his knees to be good vnto him.

43 Noui ingenium mulierum nolunt vbi velis, vbi nolis cupient vltrò. I know the nature and guise of Women, they wyll not whan a man [Page] Woulde haue them, and when he would no [...] then are they desirous and fayne with all their heartes, and of their owne myndes,

45 Domi [...]oci (que) fac memineris. See that thou remember to go home, and make a good fyer.

47 Iamdudum est animus in patinis, My mynde is on my dinner, and hath bene a good whyle.

47 Vos me hac sequimini. Come you after mee this way.

¶ Out of the fift acte. In the first Scene.

1 Pergin' seeleste mecum perplex [...] loqui? Dost thou yet still speake ambiguously and doubt­fully vnto me thou naughty packe?

3 Non tu isthuc mihi dicturus apertè es quicquid est? Wilt thou not tell mee playnely, whatso­euer it is?

5 Quid factum est? What hath bene done?

6 Quid tibi ego dicā? What should I tell thee?

7 Quis fuit igitur? Who was it than?

9 Quid ais venefica? What sayest thou poyson­full queane?

9 Certò comperi. I haue certayn knowledge of, Or, I am assured it is true.

11 Occidi, si quidem tu isthaec vera praedicas, I am vndone at least wise if that bee true that thou sayest.

13 Num id lachrumat virgo? Doth the mayden weepe for that? or therefore?

13 Quid ais sacrilega? What sayst thou naugh­tie [Page] [...]he?

14 Istuccine interminata sum hinc abiens tibi? Did not I charge thee vppon a greate payne, when I went hence, that this shoulde not bee done?

15 Quid facerem? What should I haue done? a proper and elegant loc [...]tion, or manner of spe­king, and much in vse among authors wherof who listeth may reade more examples in Ha­drian▪ de ser. lat.

15 Ita vt iussisti soli credita est. Shee was lefte with him alone according to your commaun­dement.

16 Ouem lupo commisisti, Thou migtest aswell haue commited and left a sheepe with a wolfe to keepe. Ouem Lupo cōmittere, is a prouerbe vsed, whensoeuer we will signifye any thinge committed vnto him for whose cause, and for feare of whom, it had rather bene expediente & requisite to haue had an other keeper.

16 Dispudet sic mihi data esse verba. I am yll a­shamed, that I shoulde bee in such wyse beguy­led.

17 Quid hominis illic est? What fellowe is that?

19 Habemus hominem ipsum. We haue espyed or found very him that did the deede,

21 Quid illi faciemus▪ What shal wee doe vnto hym. The pure Latine authors do vse elegant­ly this manner speakinge by the Datiue case, as wel by facio, as also by fio passiuely thus, [Page] Quid illi faciemus? quid illi fiet? For that which some foolish felowes (sayth hee) speake thus, Quid de illo faciemus? Quid de illo fiet. Cic. in Academ quest. Quid enim faceret huic con­clusioni. What shoulde he do to such a conclu­sion as this is &c. Id in Rullum.

Quaero siqui volunt vendere non fuerint quid pecunia fie [...] I demaund this question, if there shall be none that wil fell it, what shal be done with the money? And Cato de tust. vseth the same manner speaking without interrogation. Si anté non deportauerit dominus, vino quod volet faciet. If the owner do not cary it downe before, he shal do with the Wyne what he wil. This notwithstandinge I haue noted diuers places in Terence where he vseth to speake by the same verbes ioyned with the ablatiue case without a preposition, as much as with the [...]ati [...]e. Terent▪ in Heaut. act. 1 sc. 2. Quia enim incertum est etiam quid se faciat, For because that in deede he is yet vncertayne, or in doubte what to do with him selfe. Inibi. act. 2. sc. 3. Cedò quid hic faciet sua [...]s [...]amica? Why tell mee what shall Clitipho here do with his owne lo­uer? Idem in Andr. act. 3 scen. 5. Pamph [...] ▪ Nec quidem quid me faciam scio Da. nec equi­dem me Pamph. And in good [...]oth▪ I cannot tell what I may do with my selfe. Da. Nor I with my selfe. And agayne also in the same places, Quid me fiet? what shal become of me [...] I omitie, that manye of the examples, that Hadrian cyteth and alledgeth, may bee taken as [Page] wel in the Ablatiue as in the Datiue, that no child feare nor doubt to speake by both cases. Albeit Plaut. in Casina (at least wyse if the booke be not corrupt, but haue the true letter, as all examplaryes do consent and agree spea­keth in the same sence by the accusatiue. Quid agis tu marite? mi vir, vnde ornatu hoc aduenis? quid fecisti Scipionem? aut quid habuisti palli­um? What do you husbande my good sweete husband, from whence come you thus arayed? What haue you done with your staffe or what cloake haue you had? Quid fecisti Scipionem for de Scipione? or (more elegantly to speake) Scipioni in the Dattue, or Scipione in the Ab­latiue. Scipio, [...]nis, is latine for a s [...]affe? And thereof the Fam [...]ye of the Noble Scipions in Rome, had their firste Name. For that one Cornelius [...]id leade about hys Father being blynde & stoode him in steede both of his Eyes and also of a staffe, for which thinge men looke vp, and vsed to call him Scipio, and so all hys Family after him were semblably named Sci­piones, of the cognomination of the sayde Cor­nelius.

32 Vide amàbo, si non, cum aspicias, o [...] impu­dens videtur. See I pray you, if when a Body looketh on him hee seeme not to haue an impu­dent looke, or a shameles face.

[...]3 Quae eius confidentia est? How bolde hee is or how great impudency, or lacke of shame is in him? Confido, confidis, confisus sum, confi­dere, Confisum, cōfisu, to haue sure hope, trust [Page] and confidence, as now wee say also in english, and it is referred as well to the present time as to the tyme past, and also to the tyme to come as witnesseth Donate and Valla. And confido dis, is vsed in bonam partem, and yet confidens and confidentia, comming of the same verbe, is obserued by custome and vse of speakinge, to be almost euer taken and vsed in malo, and verye seldome in the good part. And fidutia is in ma­ner euermore taken in the better part, as may appeare in Valerius maximus, in the 3, booke, wher he maketh an intitulation, De fiducia sui.

In the second scene.

1 Vter (que) pater & mater, quasi dedita opera domi erant, vt nullo modo introire possem, quin vide­rent me. Both my father and my mother were at home, as if it had bene appoynted for the nones, so that I might by no means get in but that thy must needes haue seene mee.

4 Dum ante ostium sto. Whyle I was standing before the dore.

4 Notus mihi quidē obuiam venit, One of mine acquayntaunce came and met me.

5 Ego me in pedes quantum queo, conij [...]io, I tooke me to my feete, as fast as I might run.

7 Miserrimus fui fugitādo, ne quis me cognosce­ret, I was very yll troubled, encombred, and vexed, or as we say in Englishe prouerbially, in a whole pecke of troubles, in running out [Page] of the way that no man might know me. And it is (as Donatus noteth) a very elegant manner of speaking, to say miser fugitando as miser a­mando. Albeit he doth interprete miserrimus here Iassus, fatigatus, & lanquidus, werye, [...]yred, and faynt, and cognosceret is taken for agnos­ceret, quam belle verò ipse viderit.

10 Quid faciam? qvid mea autē? quid faciet mihi? What shal I do, tush what recke I [...] what will he do vnto me.

11 Bone vir Dore, Salue, Honest man Dore, God you saue.

12 Satin' id tibi placet? Dost thou lyke it very well?

13 Credin' te impune abiturum? Dost thou think to escape vnpunished?

13 Vnam hanc noxiam mitte si aliam vnquam vl­lam abmiser [...], occidito, Pardon mee this one offence or trespasse, and if I shal euer do so any more, slea me▪ noxiam sayth Do. pro noxa, tryssil­labum pro dyssil [...]abo. Albeit Valla denieth this word noxia, to be latine, saying (as I take hym) that it is nowher found contrary to other Grā ­marians. And in dede Calepinus readeth here noxā and not noxiam, albeit noxia is in diuers places in Plaut. Erasm▪ and others.

15 Nunc meam saeuitiam veritus es? Didst thou feare that I woulde bee so sharpe, or cruell on thee.

16 Hunc metui ne me criminaretur tibi, I was afearde of this man least that bee woulde [Page] accuse me vnto you. Criminari aliquem is to accuse any man, & to lay any thing to his charge in open court, and crimen is not onely the offēce and trespas it selfe, but also the crimination, or accusation for the same. Valla li. 4. eleg. ca, 58.

20 Vix me contineo, quin inuolem in capillum, I can vnneath retrayn my selfe from flying vp­pon him, to pull him by the hayre.

21 Etiam vltrò derisum aduenit, Besydes all the other thinges, hee commeth for the nones to laugh vs to scorne?

22 Abi hinc insane, Get the hence mad fellow.

22 Quid ità vero abeam? Why should I get mee hence I pray you▪

23 Credin'isti quicquam fur [...]ifero? Do you geue any credence to this gallowclapper?

25 Missa haec faciamus, Let vs passe all this.

25 Non te dignum Chaerea fecisti, Chere [...] you haue done otherwyse then becommed you.

26 Si ego dignus hac contumelia sum maximè, at tu indignus qui faceres tamen, Although I bee neuer so wel worthy to be thus spitefully serued yet you were no meete man to do it.

28 Quid nunc consilij capiam nescio, I can not tell what counsel, or way now to take.

29 Conturbasti mihi rationes omnes, Thou hast troubled all my reckeninges and accomptes, or hast troubled and disappoynted al that euer I reckened vppon. Conturbare rationes, is the same that wee say in english to bring one out of his reckening, that is to say, to bringe him out of his purpose, and to disapoynt it.

[Page]33 Dehine spero aeternam inter nos gratiam fore. From henceforth I trust there shal be perfect attonement and loue betweene vs for euer, or that wee shalbe friends and louers for euer.

34 Ex huiusmodi re quapiam. Of or by some sem­blable thinge as this.

35 Saepè ex malo principio magna familiaritas conflata est. i. contracta, comparata, conciliata. Oft times of a lewde beginning hath growen great familiarity and friendship.

36 Quid si hoc aliquis voluit deus? what if this were the will of God, or, of some good sayncts, or what if it was Gods wyll, that this should so bee?

Equidem in eam partem accipio, & volo. Tru­ly that way doe I take it, and woulde ryghte gladly that it might so bee.

38 Vnum hoc scito. Knowe and bee sure of this one thinge.

38 Scito contumeliae non me fecisse caussa, sed amoris. You shall wee [...]e or vnderstand, that I did it not for any despite or villany towardes you, but for loue.

40 Ignosco tibi. I forgeue or pardon thee.

41 Non adeò inhumano ingenio sum. I am not of so vngentle a nature or fashion.

44 Tibi ab isto hera cauendum intelligo. I well perceiue dame, that you had neede beware of this fellow.

45 Nihil tibi quid quam credo. I trust or beleue thee neare a whit.

46 Ego me tuae commendo, & committo fidei. [Page] I commit and put me wholly in your honesty, goodnesse, or grace.

47 Ego te oro, in hac re mihi adiutrix sis. I be­seech you to be my helper in this matter.

Adiutrix is a Noune verball of the feminine gendre, and therefore referred to the feminine Sexe, and Adiutor, to the Masculine, and re­ferred to the man.

48 Te mihi patronum cupio. I woulde fayne haue you to defend, and to helpe mee.

49 Emoriar, si non hanc vxorem du [...]. I pray God I dye, if I doe not mary her.

50 Volet▪ certò scio. He will be glad I knowe very well.

52 Iam frater hic aderit virginis. The brother of the mayde will be heere by and by.

56 Domi operiamur potiùs quam hic ante ostiū. Let vs tary for him within the house rather then heere before the doore.

58 Hunc tu in aedeis cogitas recipere posthac? Doe you [...]nde to let this fellowe euer come within your house agayne after this?

59 Crede hoc meae fidei. Beleeue this on my warrantise, as who shoulde say, trust mee in this, for I speake, meaning good sayth with­out simulation, or dissimulation, that yee may trust vnto, and as yee shalbe sure to fynde on warrantise, for so it is taken heere.

60 Dabit hie aliquam pugnam denuò This fel­low will cause some debate or fray agayne.

61 Parùm perspexisse eius videre audaciam: You seeme not to haue well marked nor considered [Page] the boldnesse of him.

64 Ne (que) seruandum tibi quidquam dare ausim, ne (que) te seruare. I dare neyther commit any thing to thee to keepe, nor yet to take y^e charge to see well to thee. For [...]erua [...] here is put for diligentèr obseruare.

66 Obsecro, abeamus intrò. I pray you let vs goe in.

67 Nolo me in via cū hac veste videat. I would not that hee should see mee in the streate wyth this garment.

69 I prae, sequar. Go before, and I will come af­ter. Or, I will follow.

70 [...]u isthic mane vt Chremem introducas. Tary you there, to bryng Chremes into the house.

In the thirde Scene.

1 Quid venire in mentem nunc possit mihi, qui referam illi gratiam? What might I now de­uise where with to requite him? qui pro quo.

3 Moue te ociùs. Bestyrre the apace.

4 Mo [...]eo. I styrre.

4 Video, sed nihil promoues. I see thee mooue and styrre, but thou makest no way, or no haste. Video. [...] ▪ te mouere fed &c.

7 Benè [...]arras. Yee say well.

7 Illi faueo virgini. I fauour, or loue that maide well, or▪ I beare good mynde and fauour to that mayden.

8 Iamdudū hera vos expectat domi My dame lo­keth for you at home, [...] hath d [...]n a good while.

9 Parmenonem incedere vidio, vide vt ociosus [Page] sit. I see Parmeno come [...]etting like a lord, but see how id [...]e hee is, as one out of all care and thought vt. i. quomodo, vel qualiter▪ Incedo, di [...] in [...]essi, dere, incessum, incessu, is ambulare to walke, that is to goe. But properly incedere differeth from Ambulare. For incedere proper­ly to goe wyth a stately pace, as who shoulde say, to shew a great grauity or maiesty in going as Prynces doe when they shew themselues in their estate, Senec. Tenero ac [...]molli passu sus­pendimus gradum nec ambulamus sed incedi­mus We straight and prolong our going, with a nyce, or tender and soft, delicate, or gingerly pace, and doe not go as others doe, but [...]ett, or go like great estates. Of Incedo cometh a ver­bal incessus, u [...], ui, which is vsed for any maner goinge, but most properly it is the pace that great princes & noble men vse, when they shew their Estate or maiesty. Vi [...]. Et vera incessu pa [...]uit dea. And she shewed hir selfe by hir pace to bee a goddesse. V [...]. li. 5. c. 79. Ociosus. i. secu­rus taketh no thought nor care for nothing.

10 Si dijs placet, In y^e name of God, or on Gods halfe. It is a proue the neuer vsed in latine spe­king, but ironicè, and in indignation. Read ex­amples in Hadrian de sermo lat. There is an other prouerbe. Si deus voluerit, if it shall please God, vsed in serious matters of any thinge to come, the ende of which dependeth or hangeth in the fauour of God. And it is taken out of the epistle of saynct Iames, and recited in chil. Eras.

[Page]11 Spero me habere, qui hunc meo excruciē mo­do. I thinke I haue found a way to vexe him, and to anger euery vayne in his heart, euen as I wil my selfe. Habere. i. inuenisse, or scire, meo modo. i. vt volo.

13 Hunc perterrebo sacrilegum. I wil make this wicked fellow throughly afeard. Sacrilegum. i. impium, nefarium, scelerosum. Albeit, sacrile­gus, properly is he y^• stealeth halowed thinges▪ and sacrilegium stealing of halowed thinges. Valla. li. 6. eleg. cap. 40.

In the fourth Scene.

1 Reuiso quidnā hic rerum gerat, I com againe to see what hee is doing heere.

2 Astu rem tractauit. He hath handled y^• matter wisely. Astu i. astute, and is heere amaduerbe, but sometime it is the ablatiue of the Noune astu [...] [...]us, [...]ui. For it foloweth in the same como­dy An in astu venit

[...] Dij vestram fidem, O good lord, it standeth al­wayes in the place of an interiection of mer­uayling, and not of calling on, admi [...]antis non in [...]ocantis.

6 Confeci sine molestia, si [...]e sumptu, si [...]e dispen­dio. I haue brought it to an end without any troubles or busines, without any charge or ex­penses, and without any losse or damage.

[...] Id mihi puto palmarium. i. palma dignum, For that thinge I thynke my selfe worthy to bee crowned. Palma, mae in latine is a tre, that was wont to bee geuen to such as had wonne any [Page] vitory.

For because that is alwayes greene, and (as Piutarchus sayth) of that property, and Na­ture, that there can no weight nor burthen op­presse it, but that it will arise vnder it, & stande vp as it should doe. Reade Chili. Eras. in the prouerbe Palmam ferre. Mihi is here da [...]iuu [...] festiuitatis. i. iucunditatis gratia adiunctus, of which Reade in libello▪ de octo partium con­structione.

11 Cum cognôrit, perpetuò oderit. After that he knoweth it, he will hate it euer as long as hee lyueth.

12 Foeminis, dum foris sunt, nihil videtur mun­dius, nec magis compositum quidquam nec magis elegans, when Women are abrode out of their owne houses, nothing in the Worlde seemeth to bee more cleane than they be [...] ▪ nor nothinge more demure▪ nor more proper or feate.

14 Cum coenant, liguriunt When they eate, they feede▪ nicely or de [...]tily, and not but of the best. For ligurire, is formed (as sayth Denate) of the Grecke word [...] which is in english sweete. Ligurite sometimes is auidè & hellu­ose, that is greedely and [...]au [...]ningly or glutto­nously to deuoure very much.

15 Harum videre ingluuiem, sordes, inop [...]am, quàm inhonestae solae sint domi, atque [...]ui [...]ae cibi, quo pacto ex [...]iure hesterno panem atrum [...]orē [...], nôsse omnia haec salus est adolescentulis. [Page] But to see the rauening or munching, the slut­tishenesse, and the penury of them, and howe vncleauely and greedy on their meate they bee when they are alone by themselues at home in their owne houses, and howe they will sla [...]re and sosse vp browne Breade with gruell of the leauing of y^e other dayes before, al these things to knowe is the preseruation of Youth, to be­ware of them. Hesternus, na, num, is not al­wayes takē for the day before this day, but is much vsed for pridianus, na, num, that is for y^e day afore any other day. Cic. Videre videor a­lios intrantes, alios exeuntes, quosdam ex vino vacillantes▪ quosdam hesterna è potatione o [...]ci­tantes. Mee thinketh I see some goinge in, some going forth, some reeling by reason of to much drinking of wyne, and some yeaning and gaping of the reuell that they kept the day be­fore. And semblably cras & castinus is abused and spoken of the day after any other day.

Virg. in Georg.

Si vero ad solem rapidum, lunasque sequentes Ordine respicies, nunquam re crastina fallet Hora, nec insidijs noctis capiere serenae.

19 Ego [...]e pro istis dictis & factis vlciscar, vt ne impunè in nos illuseris. I will reuenge or re­quite thee for those thy sayings & doinges, that thou shalt not laughe vs to scorne, and escape free thy selfe.

In the fifth Scene.

1 Proh facinus foedum. Oh, a shamefull and ab­hominable deede.

[Page]1 O infoelitem adolescentulum. O vnfortunate young man.

2 O seelestum Parmenonem. O vngratious fellow Parmeno.

[...] Quae futura esse exempla dicunt in eum indig­na? Howe sore and howe greuously say they that he shalbe punished, to the ensample of all others? Exempla aedere, or, exempla facere in aliquem, is to punishe any body openly to the example of others. And exempla edi, or, exem­pla fieri in aliquem, is to bee punished openly, to the example of others: as if one be set vpō the pillory▪ or if a chylde for stealing or for any other heynous enormity be scourged naked [...] [...] schoole, to the terrour of his fellowes, edū ­tur, or, [...]iunt in eum exempla. So heere in Te­rence anone after these words, Quae futura es­se exempla dicunt in eum indigna, Parmen [...] saith vnto P [...]hias, In quem exempla fient? Who is that, that shall be punished to the en­sample of all others?

4 O Iupiter, quae illic turba est? O Iupiter what great trouble, or what adoe is there?

7 Perdidisti istum adolescentulum. Thou hes [...] vtterly vndone, & cast away this yong man.

8 Studes dare verba nobis, Thou goest about o [...] thou art earnestly bent; or thou art euen set t [...] deceiue vs.

10 Sci [...] eum hinc ciuem esse, Thou knowest th [...] he is of this city here.

10 Scisfratrem eius adprimè nobilem. s. esse. Thou knowest that his Brother is a [...] [Page] greate gentleman.

[...]2 Ille vbi resciuit factum. He when he knew what was done.

[...]3 Colligauit eum, miseris modis, Hec bound him fast hand & foote, that pitty it was to see

[...]4 Atque equidē orante▪ vt ne id faceret, Thaide. Yea, and that when Thais desyred and prayed him that he would not so do.

[...]5 Nunc minatur facturum se id, quod ego nun (que) vidi fieri, neque velim. s. videre fie [...]i. Now hee meaneth & threatneth to do such a thinge vnto him as I neuer sawe done to this daye, nor would not see by my good will.

[...]6 Qua audacia tantum facinus audet? How da­reth he be so bold to do such a pertious act.

[...] Ne hoc nesciatis, That you may not say, that you knew not so much asore, or that you say not that you were ignorant of this

[...]0 Dico vobis nostrum, esse illum heril [...]m filium. I tel you he is our masters sonne.

[...]1 Ne quam in illum Thais vim fieri sinat, Let not Thais suffer any vyolent hands to be [...]aid on him.

[...]2 Cur non egomet intrò eo? Why goe not I in my selfe?

[...]2 Vide quid agas, ne illi prosis & tu pereas, Be­ware what thou doest, and that thou do not him pleasure and cast away thyne owne selfe.

[...]3 Putant quicquid est, ex te esse ortum. They thinke all that euer hath bene done, to come first of thee.

[Page]24 Quid igitur faciam miser? quidue incipiam? What shall I then do vnfortunate man, or what shal first begyn?

25 Video rure redeuntem senem, I haue espy­ed the olde man comminge out of the country.

26 Dicam huic an non? Shal I tel him the mat­ter or not?

26 Dicam herele etsi mihi magnum malum scio paratum, In fayth I will tell him, and yet I know that I shal surelye haue a greate harme, or shrewd turne thereby.

27 Necesse est huic dicere vt subueniat, It is ne­cessary to shew this man of the matter, to the end that hee may do some helpe in it.

28 Tu istinarrato remomnem ordine, Shew you all the matter to this man in order.

In the Sixt Scene.

1 Ex meo propīquo, rure hoc capīo cōmodi, ne (que) agri ne (que) vrbis odium me vnquam percipit vbi satias coepit fieri, commuto locum.

Of my grounde that I haue without the citty this commodity & pleasure I haue, that I am neuer through weary, neyther of beyng in the countrey, nor of the citty. For when I begin to be wery of the one, or of the other, I chaunge places Odium. i. fastidium, vel tedium.

5 Satias. i. satietas, hoc est taedium ac fastidium. Quem praestolare hic ante ostium? whom dost thou tary for here before the dore?

6 Saluum te aduenire gaudeo, I am glad that you are come home in good health.

[Page]7 Perij lingua haeret metu. Alas that euer I was borne, my toung is tyed, nor cannot speake for scare.

8 Quid est quod trepidas? What is the matter that thou art so feared [...] ▪

9 Here primum te arbitrari id quod res est, ve­lim. Master first and formost I woulde haue you thinke as the matter in deede is.

10 Quicquid huius factum est, culpa nō factum est mea. What soeuer hath bene done here, it was not done by my fault.

11 Rectè sanè interrogasti. You did well to aske.

11 Oportuit rem praenarrasse me, I ought to haue shewed you the matter first.

14 Quanti emi [...]? How bought he it, or how much payed he for it?

14 Viginti minis, He bought it for twenty poūds.

15 Here ne me spectes, Mayster looke not on me, or syr, eye me not so.

17 Aliud ex alio malum, One mischiefe is in an others necke.

18 Me impulsore haec non facit, Hee doth not such thinges as these by my instigation, coun­sayle, or setting on. Impulsore. i. authore con­sultore.

19 Omitte de te dicere, speake no more of thy selfe.

20 Istuc quicquid est primum expedi first tell me this matter quickly what soeue it is.

24 Audaciam meretricum specta. Se the boldnes of hariots and strumpets.

[Page]24 Nunquid est aliud mali damniúe quod non dexeris? Is there any other mischiese or mis­fortune besydes this, that thou hast not yet told nor spoken of.

27 Non dubium est quin magnum mihi ex hac re sit malum. There is no doubt, but that I shal haue some displeasure by this thing.

In the seuenth Scene.

1 Nunquam aedepòl quid quam iam di [...] (quam) magi [...] vellem euenire, mihi euenit. In good sooth there neuer happened vnto mee a greate whyl [...] any thing, that I would more gladlye shoulde happen

2 Intrò ad nos venit, He came into our house.

3 Mihi ridiculo fuit, I laughed wel at him.

3 Quid timeret sciebam, I knew what he feared

4 Id prodeo, vt conueniam Parmenonē, I come forth of dores to speake with Par [...]i [...]no.

Id hoc est, propter id, it is Eclipsis praepositio­nis.

5 Vbi obsecro est? Where is he I pray you?

5 Men quaerit haec? Doth this woman seeke me [...]

6 Quid est inepta? quid tibi vis? quid rides: What is the matter foolishe giglot? What meanest thou? where at laughest thou?

7 Defessus iam sum te ridendo. I am euen wea­ry with laughing at thee.

8 Nunquam aedepòl stultitiorem hominem vidi, nec videbo, By my truth I neuer sawe a more foolish felow, nor neuer shall.

9 Non possum satis narrare quos ludos praebue­ris intùs. I cannot wel expresse, what sport and [Page] laughing, wee haue had at thee within.

11 Illicone credere ea, quae dixi, oportuit te? Must thou needes haue beleeued that, that I sayd by and by euen at the first?

12 An paenitebat flagitij? Didst thou take remorse or repentance of thy great offence? flagitium is properly [...]celus [...]lagris dignum an heynous of­fence, worthy to haue sharp correction and pu­nishment. Valla lib. 4 eleg. cap. 57.

14 Quid illi credis animi tum fuisse; vbi vestem vidit illam esse eum indutum pater? where was his heart trowest thou, when his father sawe him in that apparell? wee may say induor ves­ie or vestem, for induo is one of the verbs that gouerne a double accusatiue after them, and of all such verbes their passiues require the later accusatiue of both, As, I teach the Gammer. Ego doceo te grammaticam. By the passiue, thou art taught Grammer. Tu doceris gram­maticam.

17 Itáne lepidū tibi visum est nos irridere? Did­dest thou thinke it such a prety sporte to mocke vs?

18 Si quidem ist huc impunè habueris, If thou escape quite for this same.

18 Reddam hercle. s. vices, I will pay thee a­gayne, or, I will serue thee as well, or, I will requite thee, or, I wyll bee euen with thee in farth.

21 Vter (que) in te exempla aedent, Both they will punishe thee, to the example of all other, Or, that all others shall take example by thee.

[Page]22 Nullus sum, I am vndone as who shoulde say, I were as good bee dead, and out of thys worlde.

22 Hic pro illo munere tibi honos est habitus, This honesty, & this promotion haue you got­ten by that benefit or pleasure doing. Egomet meo indicio miser, quasi sorex hodie perij, I am cast away and betrayed this day by myne owne wordes, lyke as the rattes by their loude squeaking betray them selues, shewing where they bee. Suo ipsius indicio perijt sorex, The ratte betrayed her selfe with her owne noyse, & so was it taken, as a prouerbiall speaking of any, that are betrayed by their owne wordes. And as Donate thinketh, the vse of the meta­phore was taken of this, that the property of the rattes is to make a louder squeaking then doe the Myce. See Chil. Eras.

In the eyght Scene.

1 Qua spe, aut quo consilio hùc imus? In hope of what, or in what intent come we hyther?

1 Quid coeptas Thraso? what intēd you, or what begin you to doe Thraso?

2 Thaidi me dedam, et faciā quod iubeat, I will yelde my selfe vnto Thats, & will doe what she shall commaund mee.

3 Qui minùs, quàm Hercules seruiuit Ompha­le? Why not, as well as Hercules did seruice vnto Omphale? Omphale, was a mayden & Queene of the country of Lidia, whom Her­cules [Page] did loue, and to winne her fauour did at her commaundement sley a great Serpent a­bout the floude of Sagarie, and then after ser­ued y^e same Omphale, as her woman seruaūt, and as if hee had bene her bond mayden: In so much as shee compelled him to picke wolle, and to spinne and carde, whereas her selfe v­sed to shoote, and to beare a Mace in her hand, to weare vpon her, the hea [...] of a Lyon (as if she had bene a dalieunt knyght and refused to goe in apparell, meete and conuenient for her sexe.

3 Exemplum placet, I lyke that Example or comparison well.

4 Vtinam tibi cōmitigari videam sandalio caput, Woulde God I might see thy pate tamed and made sober with a slipper: alluding to the fable of Omphale aforegoinge by whom Hercules was after semblable sorte abused.

5 Quid hoe est mali? What misfortune is heere be tallen?

6 H [...] ego nunquam videram, This man had I neuer seene before.

6 Quidnam properans prosilit? Wherefore commeth hee forth so fast, skippinge and lea­pinge.

In the nynth Scene.

1 Ecquis me viuit hodie fortunatior? Is there any man lyuinge thys daye more fortunate or more happy than I am? This particle ec. hath a very great grace in asking a Question, [Page] when it is compound with Quis, que, quod vel quid. Cic. Atti. Ecquis vnquàm tam ex amplo statu, tam in bona caussa, tantis facul [...]at [...]bus in­genij, consilij, gratiae, tantis presidijs bonorum omnium, condicit? Was there euer any man suppressed or vndone, beinge of so high degree hauing so good and rightful a cause, hauing so high a gift and indument of witte, polli [...]y, and grace, to haue the fauour of men, and hauing so great assistance and ayde of a [...] good and honest men? And sometime it is vsed infinitely with semblable and no lesse grace or elegancy. Cic. Atti. Quod quaeris, ecqua spes pacification is si [...] quantum ex Pompeij multo & accurato sermo ne perspexi, ne voluntas quidē est, as touching that you desire to knowe, whether there be any hope of attonement and peace to bee made be­twene Caesar & Pompeius, as farre as I haue well perceiued, by much and very curious or precise communication with Pompeius, there is no such mynde, ne will neyther.

2 Nemo herclè quisquam, In fayth no man in the worlde. Of nemo elegantly ioyned w^t quis­quam, it is noted in Hadriane, de serm. latt.

2 In me planè dij. potestatem suam omnem [...] ­stendêre. In me the Gods haue plainly shew­ed all their whole power, and howe much they are able to doe.

4 O mearum voluptatum omnium inuentor, in­ceptor, perfector. O thou that hast bene the de­uiser and finder out, the beginner, and also the [Page] finisher of all my pleasures.

5 Scis in quibus sim gaudijs? Doest thou knowe in what great ioyes I am?

6 Scis Pamphilam meam inuentam ciuem? Dost thou know that my best beloued Pamphila is founde to be free borne of this City?

6 Scis Pamphilam meam sponsam mihi. Doest thou knowe, that my beloued Pāphila is pro­mised and made sure to me, to mary with mee?

7 Audin' tu illum? Doest thou heare him?

8 Meo fratri gaudeo amorem esse omnem in trā ­quillo. I am right glad & ioyous that my bro­thers loue is quiet, and out of trouble.

9 In clientelam & fidem nobis dedit se He is be­come our client, and hath put him selfe wholly in our handes.

11 Hoc aliud est, quod gaudeamus. This is an other thing, of which we may be glad, quod, id est, propter quod, eclipsis praepositionis.

11 Miles pellitur foras. The souldiour is cleane expulsed, or put out of doores, or banished the house.

12 Frater vbi vbi est, fac. quàm primùm haec au­diat. Helpe that my Brother may heare of all this at once, wheresoeuer hee be Vbi vbi. i. vbi­cunquè. For all voyces that are relatiues may sometimes bee interrogatiues, as when they aske a question, and sometimes they be neither relatiues nor interrogatiues, but are put and taken infinitely, and then if they bee doubled, that is to say, compounded wyth themselues [Page] they stgnifle as much as if they were compo [...] ­ded with this particle, cun (que) as, quisquis. i. qui­cunque, qualisqualis. i. qualiscunque, quoquo. i. quocun què, quantusquantus. i. quantuscunquè, vbivbi. i. vbicunque, & so of all others, Quàm­primum. i. valde citò, primo quoque tempore, as soone as may bee. For quam, in compari­son signifieth valdè, & therefore is ioyned wyth the superlatiue degree. And note, that there is a great difference betwene quàmprimum, and cumprimum for cumprimùm, vtprimùm, vbi primum, simul primum, simulac & simulatquè, are of one significatiō, in english, as soone as: & quamprimum, by & by, as in example. As soone as my brother shalbe come agayne, doe mee to weete, or aduertise mee by & by, eyther by word of mouth, or els by letters.

Cum primum, or, vt primum. &c. Frater reuer­sus erit, vel nūcio, vel per literas facito me cer­tiorem.

13 Nūquid dubitas, quin ego perpetuò perierim? Doest thou any thing doubt, or doest thou not thinke verely, that I am vtterly vndone for euer?

14 Sine dubio opinor. Without doubt I sup­pose so.

14 Quid commemorem primum? What should I speake of first.

14 Quem laudem maximè? Whom may I most commend or prayse?

[Page]15 Dedit mihi consilium, vt facerem, Hee gaue counsell to doe it.

18 O Iupiter, serua obsecro haec nobis bona, Oh Iupiter keepe and continue vs in thys good fortune, felicity; or prosperity, I beseech thee.

20 Incredibilia modò narrauit, He told wonders while ere, or thinges incredible, or things that no man may almost beleeue.

20 Vbi est frater? Where is my brother?

20 Praestò adest. Hee is euen heere already.

21 Satis credo. I beleeue well, or I think well.

21 Nihil est Thaide dignius quod ametur. There is nothing more worthy to be beloued than is Thais.

22 Nostrae est omni fautor familiae. He fauoureth or loueth all our house well.

23 Quanto minus spei est, tan to magis amo, The lesse hope there is, the more am I in loue.

24 Perfice hoc precibus, precio, vt haeream in parte alqua apud Tha [...]dē, Bring this to passe with prayer, or with money, that I may bee an hanger on in one parte or other, with Tha [...]s.

26 Difficile est, It is hard.

26 Si quid collibuit, noui te. If thou be well dis­posed to a thinge, I knowe thee well eno [...]ghe what thou canst doe.

26 Hoc si effeceris, quoduis donum, & praemi­um â me optato, id optatum feres, If thou mayst bryng this to passe, wyshe or desyre of mee, what so euer gifte or rewarde thou wilt, [Page] and thou shalt haue thy desyre. Donum est, quod gratis datur, praemium quod pro meritis confertur.

28 Postulo, vt mihi tua domus, te presente, te ab­sente pateat semper. I require that your house may be open for me at all tymes, whether thou be in the way, or out of the way.

30 Do fidem ita futurum. I promise thee fayth­fully, that it shall so bee.

30 Quem hic ego audio? Who is that, that I heare speake heere?

31 Tu fortassè, quae facta hic sunt, nescis. Thou doest not knowe peraduenture what thinges haue bene done, or haue happened heere.

32 Cur in his te conspicor regionibus? Why doe I see thee in these partes, or in these quarters?

33 Edico tibi. I tell thee openly. Edico, edicis, e­dixi, edicere, edictū, is properly to proclaime, & perteineth only to princes, officers, and rulers, and thereof hoc edictum edicti, edicto, is the commaundement geuen or proclaimed by any prince, ruler, or officer. But heere edico, is takē for clarè dico, & clarè proloquor To speake or pronounce out aloude wythout any feare or dissimulation. For e. and ex. in composition haue much that signification, as eruo, is to get or to myne a thinge out of the earth, or any o­ther place, where it is hard to come by. Egero is to cast out, efferro, is to bring out, expello, is to thrust out, Eloquor is to speake out aloude, and so edico heere is to speake out aloude. And in the same signification did Terence vse edi­co [Page] afore in the fifth Scene of this fifth acte, in this s [...]me comody, in the person of Parmeno, saying thus vnto Pythias. Dico, edico vobis, nostrum esse illum herilem filium. I tell you, yea, and I tell you plainly and boldly, that hee is my masters sonne. As who shoulde say, I am not afearde to tell it you, but woulde that you should well knowe it, and warne you that you doe him no harme.

34 Si in platea hac te offen dero post vnquàm, ni­hil est quod dicas mihi, alium quaerebam, ite [...] hac habui, peristi. If it shalbe my chaunce to finde thee in this streate at any time after this day, it shall nothing auayle thee to say vnto me, I sought for another man, or my iourney laye this way, for thou arte but a dead man.

35 Eià haud sic decet. What softe, that is not see­ming, or, it should not be for your honesty so to doe. Eia is an aduerbe of correcting.

35 Non cognosco vestrum tam superbum .s. in­genium vel genus, vel animum, vel morem, vel institutum. I am not acquaynted wyth thys proude and disdaynefull fashion of you, or, I can no skill of this your &c. Albeit Donate taketh these wordes. Vestrum tam superbum to be put absolutely, that is substantiuely, as Vestrum tam superbum .i. vestram tantam su­perbiam. Donate bringeth in for his autho­rity, a like maner of speaking out of Andria in the sixt Scene of the fourth act. Pòl. Crito an­tiquū obtines. Of which it is there sufficiently noted.

[Page]37 Priùs audite paucis, quod cum dixero, si pla­cuerit facitote. First heare in 2. or 3. words, and when I shall haue sayd, if it shall like you, doe it.

38 Tu concede paululum isthuc Thraso. Thraso goe you and stande a litle further that way.

39 Ego vos credere hoc mihi vehementer velim, I would y^• you in any wise beleeue me in thys.

41 Si vobis prodest, vos non facere inscitia est. If it bee for your profite, it is a foolishnes for you, not to doe it.

47 Magis oportunus, nec magis ex vsu tuo ne­mo est. There is no man more meete for it, nor no man more to your commodity. Oportunus .i. Idoneus, meete for the purpose. Heere note that three negations do no more to the Sense, nor haue no more signification nor strength, then two, as Nunquam mihi nec obfuisti, nec profuisti. Thou neuer diddest mee neyther harme ne good. Cic. in tusc. quaesti. Nescierunt nec vbi, nec qualia essent, They knew not ney­ther where nor what thinges they were. Ibid. Nihil nec disputare, nec scribere praetermisi. I omitted nothing, neither to dispute and rea­son nor to wryte. Note also that two or three negations doe sometimes deny with more ve­hemency. Pl. li. 18. cap. 4. Oculorum vitia fieri negant, nec lippire eos qui cum pedes lauant, aqua inde ter oculos tangant. It is a sayinge that they shall neuer haue Diseases in their eyes, nor shall not bee bleare eyed, which when they washe their feete, touche their eyes thryse [Page] with the same water. Examples bee innume­rable, and Budaeus hath noted the same largely and copiously in his Annotations vppon the Pandects of the Ciuill lawe.

48 Et habet quod det, & dat nemo largiùs. Hee both hath ynough to geeue and doth geeue, no man more liberally.

49 Fatuus est, insulsus, tardus. Hee is a naturall foole without any wysedome or good fashion, nor hath any quicknesse or lustinesse or ac [...] ­ty or spirite in him. Fatuus (sayth Donate) inepta loquens, speaking foolish woordes For fatuus (sayth he) is sayd and deryued a fando, of speaking. And thereof fauni, that is to say the rusticall Gods of the woodes, whych are called in greeke [...], were called in la [...]n fatui. i. (as Serutus vpon Uirgil, & Donate in this place expoūdeth it) multum fantes, hoc est multum loquentes, a fando & vaticinando. So that after Donate, farui bee they, that are foolishe in their woordes and sayings. Insulsi, are foolish in the heart, minde, and intelligence, and after him they erre and bee deceyued, that think that fatuus is animo & corde, & insulsus, in verbis & dictis. But Lau. Val. li. 4. eleg. c. 13. sayth in this wise. He is called in latin stultus. y^• lacketh the experiēce of things, & knowledge of the worlde, & hath no foresight in thinges to come, so y^• many beīg no vnwise mē otherwyse, yet may at sōtime haply do stultè, y^• is foolishly▪ or more properly to say vnaduisedly. Fatuus is he y^• is a very foole, & hath no wisdome at all, & [Page] it is by translation taken of the sauerynges of meates, for when meates bee all wearyshe and vnsauery, they be called in latine fatui cibi. And semblably, a man that hath no wisedome is called in latine fataus. Martial. lib. 12.

Vt sapiant fatuae fabrorum prandia betae▪

O quàm saepe Pete [...] vina piper (que) coquus?

Oh, howe oft will the Cooke aske and require wyne & peper for to make the wearish Beetes (that smythes, and carpenters dyne withal) to bee somewhat sauery? And this seemeth to be a better reason for this vocable fatuus, then the other, which certayne writers doe approue and allowe, that is to say, that they are called in latine fatui, whych being taken wyth a cer­tayne [...]urys or madnesse (such as Fatua the wife of king Faunus was much taken with­all) doe prophecy thinges to come, like as shee the sayd Fatua did. Stolidus, is be that is fo­lishe, and draweth much nighe vnto the nature and perceyuing, or vnderstanding of sheepe or other foolish bruite beastes. Hactenus Valla. Insulsus, is hee that hath no wysedome, nor witte, nor no grace, nor good fashion, neyther in words, nor gesture, nor otherwise in his be­hauiour. What sal and sales signifie, it is largely shewed & declared in the thirde Scene of the seconde acte of this same comody. Of sal cometh salsitudo, or salsedo: of salsitudo, or salsedo, is formed salsus, a, um, a thing that is salte, and by translation, wittye, sharpe, plea­saunt, and also byting in woordes and other­wyse. [Page] Contrary vnto Salsus is insalsus, a, um, wythout any wittinesse, or pleasant fashion, & consequently very foolishe and such as no man may haue any pleasure in.

49 Stertit noctesquè & dies. Hee lyeth routing & suorting all day and all night.

50 Facilè pellas vbi velis. You may easely thrust him out of doores when you list.

51 Hoc ego vel primum puto. This doe I thinke euen prineipall and chiefe of all. Vel. i. etiam.

52 Accipit hominem nemo meliùs prorsus, ne­què prolixùs. Hee entertayneth a man, no man in the Worlde better, nor more sumptuously, Meliùs, id est, latiùs. More daintily. For it is referred to the prouision and deintynesse of cates. And Prolixiùs. i. largiùs copiosiùs, more aboundauntly and plenteously, for it is referred to the abundaunce & plenty of all such thinges as are prouyded.

54 Vos oro, vt me in gregem vestrum recipiatis. I desyre and pray you to receiue me into your flocke, as who shoulde say, that I may be ad­mitted into your company, as one of you.

See Chil. Eras. in the Prouerbe. De grege illo est.

55 Satis diù hoc iam saxum voluo, I haue la­boured about this long enough nowe, if that be good. It is a prouerbial speaking, alluding vnto the fable of Sisyphus, whych (as the Poets fayne) was sonne vnto Eolus, and a great thiefe in I [...]hmo, he vsed when any strā ­gers arryued there, to slea them wyth stones, [Page] and to tumble them down into the water from the toppes of y^e rockes, at last he was slayne by one Theseus, and when hee came to Hell, this punishmēt was geuen vnto him, that he should beare vp a great stone vnto the top of an hyll, and as often as it rolled downe, to fetch it vp againe, but he could neuer cause it to lye, but y^• it rolled downe to the hylles foote agayne im­mediatly, after that he had brought it to y^e top, and so his labour is infinite, and of this fable, such as haue great, & the same endlesse paynes wythout any fruit or profite, are prouerbially sayd in latine. Saxum voluere, to tumble, or to rolle the stone. Read Eras. in Chil.

59 Isti te ignorabant. These men did not know thee.

59 Postquam eis mores ostendi tuos, & collauda­ui secundum facta, & virtutes tuas, impetraui. As soone as I had informed them of your cō ­dicions, and had praysed you, accordinge to your actes and vertues, or good qualities, I obtayned.

61 Gratiam habeo maximam. I thank you with all my heart. Habere gratiam, is properly in the heart, when we beare well in minde and re­member such benefites as wee haue had or re­ceiued, and haue good mynde and wyll to doe semblable benefites agayne, in recompence of them. reade Lau. Val. li. 5. eleg. cap. 41.

62 Núnquam fui vsquam quin me omnes ama­rent plurimùm. I was neuer yet in any place, but that euery body loued mee very well.

[Page]63 Dixin [...] ego vobis in hoc esse atticam eloquen­tiam? Did not I tell you, that you should finde in this man the most pure and high eloquence that is? Attica, cae, or Atte, tes, is a region or countrey in Grecia, situate and lying betwene Achaia, and Macedonia, in which countrey or region stoode the City of Athens, where was spoken the most pure and cleane, and most elo­quent Greeke, lyke as in London is spoken the best and most pure and true Englyshe, and in Paris the best French. &c. And by reason thereof Attica eloquentia, is vsed for the most pure, true & polite eloquence, & that eloquence, which the best & most cunning oratours vsed: whych best and chiefe Oratoures for the same cause were called in latin Attici, as who should say, most Eloquent, as comminge most nygh vnto the pure eloquence of the Attiques. Al­beit, heere in this place it is spoken ironicè, much lyke as if Gnato shoulde haue sayde by Thraso, in English: did not I tell you, that this gentilman rolleth in his Rhethorique, as Apes doe in tayles? For he sayd a litle afore, that Thraso was fatuus, insulsus, & tar­dus.

64 Nihil praetermissum. s. est, There hath no­thing bene omitted or let passe.

64 Ite hàc omnes vos. Goe you all thys way heere.

Out of the first acte in the first scene.

1 Inter nos nuper admodùm notitia est. It is a ve­ry litle while agone, sith we haue bene acquain­ted togeather.

2 Agrum in proximo hic mercatus es, you haue bough [...] a plotte of grounde, here neare besyde mee.

3 Nec rei amplius quidquā fuit. s. inter nos. And there hath bene none other thing at all betwene vs.

4 Vel virtus tua me vicinitas, quod ego in pro­pinqua parte amicitiae puto, facit, vt te audactèr moneam, & familiariter, Both your vertue, goodnesse, or honesty, & also that wee are neigh­boures, and dwel nigh togeather (which thing I reckon as one of the chiefe partes and great­test causes of entire amitye and friendshippe) causeth me to speak vnto you, and shew you my minde boldly and familiarly lyke a friend. Monere, or admonere is to tell a man of hys fault with a certayne correction, rebukinge, or chyding.

7 Mihi videre praeter ae tatem tuam facere & ptae­terquàm [Page] res te adhortatur tua: Me thinketh you you do otherwyse than is cōuenient for your age and otherwyse than is requisite for a mā of your substance.

10 Annos sexaginta natus est, aut plus eo, vt con­ijcio. You are three score yeares old, or aboue as I suppose of amplius elegantly and indifferently ioyned with the nominatiue, accusatiue, or abla­tiue, see in Hadrian de serm. latino.

11 Agrum in his regionibus meliorem neque prae­tii maioris, nemo habet, No mā in al these parts hath a better plot of ground, nor better lande or more worth.

15 Nunquam tam manè egredior, neque tam ves­peri domum reuertor, quin te in fundo cōspicer fodere, aut arare, aut aliquid facere, I neuer goe [...]orth so early in the morning, nor come home a­gayne so late in the euening, but that I see thee abroade in thy ground, either digging, or plow­ing, or else some other woorke doyng.

18 Nullum remittis tempus, neque te respicis, you are no tyme vnoccupyed, nor passe any thing on your selfe, or set any store by your selfe.

19 Haec non voluptati tibi esse satis certò scio, That these things are no pleasure vnto you I am wel assured.

20 At enim dices? But peraduenture you wil say vnto me. Enim here is no coniunction causall, but an expletyue,

20 Me quantum hic operis fiat poenitet, Me th [...] ­keth all the worke that is done here to little. Me poenitet, i. mihi parum videtur. For poeni­tere [Page] is to be sorry, to repent, or to forthink, and because they that are sory thet their matters or busines goeth not well forward, thinke al that is done to lille. Therefore poenitere is some­times elegantly taken for parum videri, to seme litle. Verg, in bucol. egl. li. 2. Nee te poeniteat calamo triuiss [...] labellum, and thinke it not a smal thing to haue learned to play on the pipe or the recorder Cicero in praefatione libri pri­mi officiorum Quamobrem disces tu quidē à principe huius aetatis Philosophorum: & disces quamdiu voles: tam diù autē velle debebis, quo­àd te quantum proficias non poenitebit Wher­fore thou shalt learne and be scholer vnto Cra tippus the best and chiefe of all Philosophers that are at this day, as longe as thou shalt be willing thy self, and so long thou oughtest to be willing as thou shalt not thinke thy selfe to doe litle good, & to leese thy time, but to profit. So Terence before in Eunucho act. 5 scen. 7. An poenitebat flagiti [...], te authore, quod fecisset ado lescens, ni miserum insupèr etiam patri indica­res? Diddest thou not think that great offence, whych the younge man hadde doone by thy coūsayle, and setting on to be enough, but that thou must moreouer also be the first y^• shoulde betray and appeache the poore soule vnto hys father?

21 Quod in opere faciundo operae consumis tuae si sumas in seruis exercendis, plùs agas. If you woulde bestow that labour in exercising your seruaunes, and settynge them to worke, and se­ing [Page] them occupied, which you spēd in working or labouring your owne body, you should doe more good, or you should haue more good done or you shoulde haue more profite by it, or you would more preuayle.

23 Tantum ne est ab re tua otij tibi aliena, vt cu­res, eaque quae nihil ad te attinēt? Hast thou so much leysure and voyd tyme from thyne owne businesse that thou mayst meddle in other mēs matters, in such things as appertayne nothīg vnto thee, nor nothing touch nor cōcerne thee?

25 Homo sum humani à me nihil alienum puto, I am a man as other men be, and thinke eue­ry thing that appertayneth to any man, to ap­partayne also to mee, or to concerne, or touch mee too.

28 Tibi opus vt est facto, face pro fac, Do thou as is expedient for thee to doe.

29 An cuiquā est vsus homini se vt cruciet? Is it expedient for any man to punishe hys owne bo­dy, and to put himselfe to [...]o much payne, and torment.

32 Ne lachruma, weepe not, Ne. when it is an aduerbe of forbydding, may bee indifferentlye ioyned with a verbe of the subiunctiue mode, or else of the imparatiue. But, non, may neuer be ioyned with the imparatiue and with all o­ther modes it may, as Linacre hath noted.

32 Istuc quicquid est, fac vt sciam, Let me know the matter what so euer it be.

33 Ne retice, Hyde it not, or keepe it not in, Do­natus hath noted that reticere, is to kepe in. [Page] and not to vtter such thinges as wee are sorye and take thought for Obticere, is to keepe in such thinges as we are ashamed of. Terentius in Eunucho. Virgo conscissa veste lachrumans, ob­ticet▪ The mayden hauing her gowne all to cut weepeth, and wil speake neuer a word, Tacere is to kepe secrete, things of counsayle, as afore in Eunucho.

Potin' est hic tacere? Can this fellow conceale any secrets? or keepe any counsayle?

33 Ne verere, be not afrayde.

34 Te aut consolando, aut consilio, vt re iuuero, I will surelye helpe you, eyther by geuing you woordes of comfortr, or else with geuinge you some good counsaile, or els in very deede.

35 Hac quidem causa qua dixi tibi. I [...] fayth e­uen for the same cause that I haue told you.

36 Istos rastros intereà depone, ne labora. Lay dòwne thy rake in the meane season, and labour or worke not.

37 Quam rem agis? What do you? or what en­tende your or what goe you about?

38 Sine me vacuum tempus ne quoddem mihi la­boris, let me alone that I may not suffer my selfe to let any tyme passe voyde of labour. It be sayde vacuum laboris for vacuum labore, or vacuum a labore.

[...] Non aequum facis, You do not well or honestly as you should do.

40 Sic meritus est meum, So haue I deserued, or such is my desert.

[Page]41 Filiū vnum adolescētulum habeo, I haue but one sonne in the world and he is a young stryp­ling.

43 Nunc habeam necnè, incertum est. s. mihi. I am in doubt whether I haue one now or not.

43 Quid ita isthuc? s. dicis? or incertum tibi est? Why sayest thou that.

44 Est e Cotintho hic aduena anus paupercula. There is heere a poore old woman a straunger that came out of Corinth hether.

45 Eius filiam illa amare coepit perditè. Her daughter he began to loue so vnthriftelye, that he had almost cast awaye, and vndone himselfe.

46 Propè iam, vt pro vxore haberet. So that hee vsed her in maner as his wyl, that is openlye without beyng ashamed.

46 Haec clam me omnia. s. fecit. All this he didde vnknowen to me.

47 Vbi rem resciui. After that I had knowledge of the matter. Rescio, rescis, resciui, rescitum, and a verbe frequentatiue of the same. Rescis­co, resciscis. resciui, resciscere, rescitum, After Aulus gellius, is to haue some priuye know­ledge (and we say) an inkling of any thing done priuelye, or otherwise dissembled and kept from our knowledge. But Valla checketh and re­proueth the sayde Aulus Gellius, for that say­ing, and sheweth that Rescisco is a playn verbe and is properly to haue knowledge of a thinge after that it is done, of which thinge thou were vnknowing whē it was done, specially if it ap­pertain [Page] to thee or to any other of thine.

50 Tibi ne haec licere speras facere, me viuo? do [...] thou thinke that thou shalt bee suffered to do such things as this, whyle I am aliue?

53 Erras si id credis & me ignoras Clinia. Clinis thou art deceyued, if thou so thinke & knowest me not.

54 Ego te meum esse dici tātisper volo, dū quod te dignum est facies. I wil thou be cauled mine so longe as thou shalt doe as becommeth thee and no longer. For that is the vse of tantisper ioyned with dum taken for quàm diu, as she­weth Val. lib [...]. eleg. cap. 48.

55 Si quod te [...] [...]um est, non facis, ego quod me in te [...]it fac [...]o [...]g num inuenero, If thou do [...] not as becommeth thee to do, I shal finde the meanes to do by thee, as shal become me.

57 Nulla adeo re isthuc fir nisi ex nimio otio Sure this commeth of none other thing but of to much ease and ydlenes. Adeo. i. certe. profe­ctò

58 Ego istuc aetatis non amori operam dabam. I when I was of y^e age that thou art did not be­stow nor set my mind on wanton loue: the la­tine authors vse with greate grace and much elegancy. Id temporis, per id tempus, id aetatis, hoc aetatis, isthuc etatis, quid aetatis, absolutely wherof reade in Hadrian de serm. lat.

59 In Asiam hinc abi [...] propter pauperiem, I was [...]ayne to goeout of these partes into the country of Asia for pouerty.

[Page]61 Adolescentulus saepe eadē & grauiter audiēdo victus est, the yong man w^t oft & sore hearing one thinge was euen done, or was greatly dismaid.

63 Putauit me aetate plus scire. He thought that I knew more, by reason that I was older, or hee thought that I could better skill in things, or was better seene in experiēce of the world, be­cause that I had mo yeares.

64 Putauit me beueuolentia plùs prouidere quē se ipsum sibi. He thought y^• I would prouide for him, or foresee what was most expediēt for hys profite▪ better than he could for him selfe, for the entire and hearty loue that I bare him.

65 In Asiam ad regem militatū abijt. He is gone hence into the country of Asia vnto y^• king there to be a souldiour, and to goe on warfare.

66 Clam me profectus, menses tres abest, he wēt away and tooke his iourney vnknowing to me, and hath bene away now a whole quarter of a yeare. In woordes betokening space of time, the vse of the accusatiue signifieth continuance of time without intermission, or ceasing, secundū Seruium. Albeit we may vse also the ablatiue.

67 Ambo accusand [...]s, estis. ye are both to blame.

67 Illud incoeptum animi est pudentis signum▪ That beginning is a signe or token of a shame­ [...]ast heart, or of an honest heart.

67 Vbi comperi ex ijs, qui ei fuere conscij. Whā I knew of it by them that were priuy to it, and of his counsayle.

70 Domum reuertor moestus. Home I come a­gayne all sadde.

[Page]70 Domum reuertor animo ferè perturbato, at (que) incet to prae aegritudine, I come Home agan in manner out of my mind, or distraught and vn­certayne what to do for thought. Cie. in tuse. quest: sheweth that aegritudo, properly is in the mynd, and aegrotacio in the bodye, and that ani­mus est aeger corpus aegrotum. A [...]heyt, those wordes are much cōfounded, that is to say, the one vsed for the other, as wel in the sayd Ciceto and in Quintilian, Terence, and others.

72 Accurrunt serui, soccos detrahunt, My ser­uauntes came running to me, and pulled of my pinsons▪ or stertuppes. Soccus, Socci, Socco, was a kynd of shooes, and it is fourmed of so [...] ­tus, socci, a bagge, and had the name thereof, because that whē it was fastned vpon the foote, it bagged and lay ful of pleates. And they were vsed in wearing both of men and women, but most among the nobles and rich falkes,

73 Video alios festinare, lectos sternere, caenam ap­parare, I see some others make hast to lay the table, and to make rea [...] for supper. Lectus le­cti is a bed, Festus pompeius deryueth lectom ab alliciendo, that whē the body is weary it de­syreth rest, and some deryue lectū of the greeke word lectron, albeit lectus (vt inquit Varro) di­ctus est, quod lectis herbis & frondibus stramē ­ta facerent. Lectus is so called (sayth Varro) be­cause that in old time they vsed to gather grasse and leaues, or boughes, and so to strawe them on the ground, and then to lye downe on them. [Page] And because they v [...]ed much to cate in the same place (for then they had not found out the vse of meate tables) therfore lectus was also taken for mensa, and is much vsed in that signification in Plaut. Terence, and all Poets, and other wry­ters, that be of any antiquity. Horat. Saepe tri­bus lectis, videas coenare quaternos. A man shal [...]te oft three tables at once, and at euery table 4 persons at supper, or eating meate.

74 Pro se quisque sedulò faciebat, quò illam mihi lenirent miseriam. They were euery body for his part, as busye as they coulde be, to case me of the care that I was in.

[...] Vbi video haec caepi cogitare, when I sawe all this, I began to cast and thinke in my mynd.

[...] Tot mea solius soliciti sunt causa, vt me vnum expleant? Are so many persons disea [...]ed and troubled for my cause and sake onely to satiffye the pleasure of me alone? Of mea solius causa, with others like reade Lauren. Val. li. 2. eleg. cap. 1. about the middle wher he doth copious­lye, and cunningly treate therof. Vnum, 1. so­lum.

[...] Sumptus domi tantos ego solus faciā? Should I alone or beyng but one man spende so much money, or be at so great charges in my house?

[...] Gnatum vnicum pariter vti his decuit aut etiā amplius. It was mee [...]e that my onely Sonne should haue had as much part of these thinges as I, or rather more.

[...] Illa aetas magis ad haec vtanda idonea est, [Page] That age is more meet to occupy those thinge When there commeth in any latin clause a ge­round of a transitiue▪ that gouerneth an accu­satiue case after him, the gerunde may very ele­gantly bee chaunged into a noune participell of the voyce of the future in dus, and made to agree with the substantiue in gendre, number [...] lyke case as the gerūd was before it was chaū ­ged. An example of the ablatiue case. Cic. in. praefa. li. i. offic. Orationem latinam efficies pro­fecto legendis nostris pleniorem. For legendo nostra. Thy latine tongue thou shalt vndoutee. ly make more ful and more copious by reading my workes and such bokes as I haue writtê, An exāple of the occusatiue. Idem li. i off. Me­minerimus autèm & aduersus infimos iusticiā ▪ esse seruandam, for seruandum esse iusticiam, And we must remember to keepe Iustice, that is, to deale tustly and truly also with the poorest and lowest persons that be. An example of the genetiue case. Ibid. Vt nèc medici, nec impera­tores nèc oratores, quamuis artis praecepta per­ceperint, quic (quam) magna laude dignū siue vsu ex­ercitatione, consequi possunt officij couseruan­di: praecepta traduntur illa quidem, vt faciamus ipsi for praecepta conferuandi officium. As ne­ther phisitions nor Captatnes in warre, nor pratours, though they haue substanciall well learned all the rules of their faculty, yet may not possibly attayne to doe any thynge worthy great prayse and commendetiō, without much exercise and practising▪ righte so here bee wryt­ten [Page] and geuen vnto vs preseptes of oure office and duety, how to behaue our selues in our ly­uing towardes al persons, but that is to y^• en­tent, that wee must put them in vre, and prac­tise the same our selues, I sayde a verbe tran­sityue that gouerneth an accusaitue case, For such mutation or chaunge may not bee done in any verbes gouerning any other case, & not an accusatiue. For wee may not say Placendi prae­ceptoris studium, but Praeceptori nor in Maledi cendo re, but tibi, nor in abstinendis voluptati­bus, but in abstineudo à voluptatibus, except when abstineo is taken and made a transiti [...]e, nor ad abundanda bona, but ad abundandum bonis. Therefore when we say ad haec vtenda, Children shal note that the Latine men of olde tyme vsed these verbes, vtor, fungor, f [...]uor, po [...] ­tior, and sometymes careo gouerning an accu­satiue case after them, examples be euery wher [...]umerable, apud Plaut. Tetentium, Ciceronē iu [...]e consultos, & alios.

81 Eum ego eieci hinc miserum iniusticia mea, I haue expulsed and driuen him from hense pore soule, by myne vnreasonable fashion, or dealing which sayth in an other place of this same seene thus Propter meas iniurias.

82 Malo quidem me dignum qnouis deputem, si id faciam. I might wel thinke my selfe worthy of any misaduenture in the worlde, if I should do such a thing.

83 Vsquè dùm ille vitam illam intollit pro colit▪ agit, degit. As long as hee liueth such a lyfe [Page] as that is, or as long as he liueth after that sor [...] or rate.

86 Illi de me supplicium dabo I wil suffer him to punish mee, I wil suffer puni [...], ment for his sake. Dare poenas, dare supplicium: Luere poe­nas, luere supplicium, pendere paenas & pende­re supplicium is to suffer punishment, or to bee punished. And they be construed with a [...]o­minatiue of the party that suffereth the punish­ment, and with a datiue case of the person that doth punishe.

88 Nil relinquo in aedibus, nec vas, nec vestimen­tum I le [...]t nothing in the house, neyther vessell, or garment.

89 Corrasi omnia, I haue scraped vp, and solde altogether. Corrasi. i. compila [...]i, vendidi. Do­nate.

92 Inscripsi aedes mercede, I gaue vp my house and wrote vpō the dores, that the house was to let, or to be sold. So Plau. in T [...]inummo Quia rure dum sum ego vnos sex dies, me absente at­que insciente, inconfultu meo, aedes venalet hasce inscripsit literis. Because that whyle I haue bene in the countrey, but one poore sixe dayes, he hath written vppon the dore that this my house was to sell, I beyng frō home absent or out of the waye, and knowing nothing ther­of, and without any coūsayle esking of me. Meo inconsultu. i. minimè me consulens.

94 Agrum hunc mercatus sum. I haue bought this plot of ground. The difference betweene [Page] ager, fundus, villa, & praedium, Reade in Valla. li. 6. eleg. cap. 41.

94 Hic me exerceo, Heere am I occupied, or heere doe I exercise my selfe.

97 Non fas est vlla me voluptate frui, I may not take any maner pleasure.

99 Ingenio te esse in liberos leni puto, I recken you to be of a gentle nature and tender on your children.

100 Puto illum obsequentē si quis rectè aut com­modè tractet, I recken him tractable, or easie enough to be ruled, if a man did hādle him wel, or after a good sorte.

102 Nequè tu illū satis noueras, nec te ille, Nei­ther thou knewest him very well, nor he thee: or neyther thou were very well acquainted with his fashion, nor hee with thine.

103 Nunquam ostendisti, quanti illum penderes, You neuer shewed howe much yee set by him.

104 Nec ille tibi est credere ausus, And he durst not trust thee, nor he durst not make the priuy to thinges.

106 Ita res est, So goeth the matter, or, so it is.

107 Illum saluum ad futurum efle confido pro­pediem, I trust verely that he wil right shortly be heere in good health.

109 Vtinā dij ita faxint, God g [...]runt it may so be,

109 Si commodum est, hodiè apud me sis volo, If you may conueniently, I would desire you to make mery at my house to day.

111 Siccine est sententia? Thinke you so? or, is that your mynde and opinion in deede.

[Page]114 Quaeso tandèm aliquantulum tibi parce, I pray you fauour or spare your selfe some what et trast after so great labour.

115 Benè vale. Fare yee wel, or God be with you.

115 Lachtymas excussit mihi, He hath caused me to weepe.

116 Miseret me eius I haue pity on him.

117 Monere oportet me hune, ad coenam vt veni­at, I must put him in remēbraunce to come to supper.

118 [...]bo vt visam, si domi est, I will goe to see, it he be at home It is shewed afore that, Viso, fa­cesso, capesso, lacesso, with other like verbs in so, bee not desideratiues, as Priscian woulde haue them, and that they signifie and betoken the mouing and act of the body and not the af­fecte nor destre of the mynde: yet sometymes they bee vsed for theyr primitiues, as heere vi­sam, is put for his primitiue Videam. And so it is to be takē, as often as it is ioyned with any of these words, Venio, eo, is, iui, gratia, causa, studium, or any other like voyce.

119 Nihil opus fuit monitore, iamdudùm domi praestò apud me aiunt, Hee had no neede of any man to put him in remembraūce. For they say that bee is at home at my house all ready, and hath vene a good whyle.

120 Egomet conuiuas moror, I my selfe cause my guests to tary. Moror te (as [...]estif [...]eth Do­natus and also Valla) in oratours is most ta­ken for retineo te, or in mora teneo, I cause thee to tary Qui [...]liau. Quid me adhuc pater [Page] detines? quid moraris abeuntem? Father where fore doe yee holde and keepe mee backe still [...] Why doe yee cause mee to tary that would bee gone?

121 Quid crepuerunt fores? Why creeketh the doore, or, what creaking maketh the doore?

122 A me quisoā eg [...]editur? Who cōmeth foorth of my house? For the preposttiō, a, toyned with the ablatiue of persons, betookeneth from the same persōs house, as, A iudice venio, I come from the Iudges house, and so apud, as Apud nos est, Hee is at our house, but this is most vsed in Poets.

122 Huc concessero, I will stand as [...]de heere Cō ­cedo, dis concessi, concessum, Sometime [...] sig­nifieth to go, or to depart out of one place into an other, or to stand aside, where to be secrete.

In the second Scene.

1 Nihil adhuc est, quod vereare, There is no thing yet why thou shouldest be afearde.

2 Illum simul cum nuncio tibi hic affuturum ho­diè scio, I know well that he wil be heere with you anone together with the messenger y^• went for him. Simul cum nuncio, as who should say, as soone and with as great expedicion, as the messenger that was sent for him.

3 Solicitudinem istam falsam, quae te excruciat, omittas, Let goe that false care and thought that vexeth and freiteth thy heart.

4 Quicum loquitur filius? With whom talketh my sonne?

5 Oportunè aduenis, You come very well.

[Page]6 Hunc Menedemum nostin' nostrum vicinum.

Doe yee knowe Men edemus heere beinge our neighbour?

9 Mihi magna cum eo iam inde vsque à pueritia semper fuit familiaritas; I haue bene very fa­miliarly acquainted with him euermore, euen from my childhoode.

10 Voluptatem magnam nuntias, Thou shewest tidinges that be very pleasaunt.

11 Quàm vellem Menedemum inuitauum, vt no­biscum esset hodiè. How glad would I be that Menedemus had ben desired to bee in cōpainy with vs, or at my house to day.

13 Caue faxis, non est opus pater, Beware doe it not, it is not so expedient father. We may say. Caue faxis, or caue ne faxis, Caue cad as, or caue ne cadas: Fac scribas, or, Fac vt scribas. Cura fiat, or, Cura vt fiat, And it is Eclipsis con­iunctionis.

14 Incertum est etiam, quid se faciat, He can not yet tell what to doe wyth him selfe. Of such maner speakings as this, Quid se faciat, with others like, it is noted afore, Inceitū est. s. illi.

14 Modò venit, He came but nowe.

15 Time [...] omnia, He feareth all thinges.

15 Misere amat, Hee is very deepe in loue, or, hee loueth desperately.

16 Propter eam haec turba, atque abitio euenit.

For her sake hath chaunced all this businesse, or brabling, and going out of the countrey.

17 Seruolum ad eum in vrbē misit, H [...]e hath sent a seruaunt into the city vnto him. Seruolum [Page] pro seruulum, per antithesin, Which is when one letter is put for an other.

8 Quem minùs miserū esse, credere est? Whom should a man thinke to bee in a better case, or lesse desperate?

19 Quid reliqui est, quin habeat, quae quidèm in homine dicuntur bona, parentes patria, ami­cos, genus, cognatos, diuitias? What fayleth or wanteth, but that hee hath al thinges at least­wise that in man are called and reckened good thinges, that is to say, Father and mother, hys countrey, friends, and honest stocke and degree of birth that he cometh of kinsfolkes, & richesse.

21 Haec perinde sunt, vt illius animus qui ea pos­sidet, All these things be such, as is the minde of him that hath them in possession. Of the ele­gāt ioyning of perinde, with ac, atquè, vt quàm quasi, acsi, atquè, si. &c. Reade Hadr. de ser. lati.

22 Qui vti scit, ei bona sunt: illi qui nō vtitur recte mala, To him that knoweth howe to vse them they be good, and to him that can not vse them as they should doe, they be ill.

23 Ille fuit senex importunus semper, That olde foole was euermore vnreasonable.

23 Nihil magis vereor, quàm ne quid in illū ira­tus plùs satis faxit, I feare nothing so much as this, least that he being moued, & bearing him displeasure, will do some thing vnto him worse than he should doe.

25 Reprimā me. i. tacebo I will hold my peace.

25 In metu esse illi est vtile, It is expedient for him to bee kept in awe.

[Page]26 Quid tu tecum? i. loqueris? What sayst thou to thy selfe there?

26 Vtvt erat, mansum tamen oportuir, Howe so euer it was, yet hee ought to haue taried at home and not to haue gone away. The voyce of the particle of the preter Tense is much ta­ken and vsed per enallegè partium, siue per [...] for the infinitiue mode of the ac­tiue voyce. Secundum Donatum, or, of the pas­stue voyce. Secūdum Priscianum. Salust. Prius▪ quàm incipias consulto, & vbi consulueris, ma­turè opus est facto, before that a man begin a­ny thing, hee must first take good aduisement & deliberation and whan hee hath so consulted & taken aduisement, he ought to do it with al ce­lerity, speede, and expedition where Priscian interpreteth consulto and facto i consuli & fie­ri. Terent in Hecira. In arcem transcurso opus est. It were expedient to runne and to make a step to the castell. Transcurso▪ Donate expoū ­deth pro transcurrere But in such speakinges as these, Volo datum, factum oportuit, mansum oportuit. &c. Is to be vnderstood (sayth Lina­cre) the infinitiue mode, esse: So that it be the preter tense of the infinitiue mode passiue. For by them is vnderstanded not onely the action, or, doing of a thing, but also the perfection and ende of a thing, already brought to pas and to a finall ende or effect. &c.

27 Fortasse aliquanto iniquior fuit, Perchase hee was somwhat hard, strait, or vnreasonable.

28 Quem ferret si parentem non ferret suum? [Page] Whom should hee haue suffered or forborne, if he should not haue forborne his owne father.

29 Hunceine erat aequum ex illius more, an illum ex huius viuere? Was it meete that this man should liue, as the other would heue him, or els the other to liue, as pleased this man?

30 Quod illum in simulat durū, id non est? Where as he accuseth him, or layth to his charge, that he is hard or straite, that is not so. In simulare, is properly to lay to ones charge a crime that is not true, but a forged matter.

30 Parentum iniuriae vniusmodi sunt fermè. The strattnesse or hardnesse of Fathers towardes their children, is of one sorte, or after one rate, for the must parte.

33 Ea sunt ad virtutem omnia, All thinges bee to the furtheraūce of vertue, as if he had said, to bring their children to goodnesse.

34 Vbi animus semel se cupiditate deuixit mala, necesse est consilia consequi consimilia, When the minde hath once entāgled & captiued it selfe with an il desire or naughty appetite, it cannot bee chosen, but that semblable counsels & pur­poses must needes ensue forthwith.

35 Hoc scitum est periculum ex alijs sacere, tibi quod ex vsu siet, It is a noble and goodly sen­tence or saying, euery man to proue by others, what may bee most expedient, and profitable for himselfe, Scitum. s. dictum. i. praeclarum & doctrina plenum, quae confert ad vitam cum de coro inque officio degēdam: Periculū pro pe­riealū, per syncopē, Siet pro sit, per epēthesin.

[Page]37 Ibo hinc intrò, vt videā nobis quid caenae siet. I will goe hence in, that I may see what sup­per we haue towarde.

38 Vide, ne quò hinc abeas longiùs. See that thou goe not farre out of the way.

Out of the second acte, in the first Scene.

1 Quàm iniqui sunt patres in omnes adolescen­tes iudices, How vnegall iudges bee fathers against all youngmen.

2 Aequum esse consent, nos iam à pueris illico na­sci senes, They thinke it reason, that wee euen of litle babes, should by and by become sage old men.

4 Ex sua libidine nos moderantur quae nùnc est, non quae olim fuit, They rule measure and or­der by their own wilful appetite that they haue nowe, & not that they had many yeares agone, that is, when themselues were younge men as we be now. Libido, libidinis, is sometime takē in bonā partem, as Donate noteth. Sal. in Cat. Eagis (que) in decoris armis & militatibus equis, quam in scortis & conuiuijs libidinem habe­bant. And they had pleasure and appetyte in goodly harnesse and greate horses for warre, more than in harlots, and in feasting, banket­ting, or reuelling.

5 Mihi si vnquam filius erit, nae ille facili me vte­tur patre, If euer I shall haue a sonne in faith he shall haue a very gentill father of mee.

6 Et cognoscendi, & ignoscendi dabitur peccati locus, He shall haue no time to know his fault, [Page] and to haue it pardoned or forgeuen. Ignosco is sometimes a verbe actiue and trāsitiue, and gouerneth an accusatiue, and a dariue, as, For­geue me this one fault, Ignoscas mihi hoc vnū dilictum. Of such verbes it is noted afore Lo­cus. i▪ tempus, spacium, sufficient time & space.

7 Mihi per alium often dit suam sententiam, Hee declareth me his owne minde and opinion vn­der the name and colour of an other person.

8 Adbibit plus paulò, He hath drunken a litle to much, or as we vse to say (in iesting) hee hath taken a pot of maius.

8 Sua narrat facinora▪ Hee telleth of the prankes that he hath played in his dayes.

9 Periculum facito, Proue.

10 Nae ille haùd scit, quam mihi nunc surdo nar­ret fabulam, In fayth, ful litle woteth hee how deafe I am, or howe ill I can heare nowe in this side, on which he maketh al this clattering vnto me▪ Surdo narrare fabulam, to tell a tale to a deafe body, is a prouerbe to be sayde of them that labour in vayne. And it is the same that we vse to speake prouerbially. When we heare a thing that liketh vs not, saying thus. I can not heare on that side: which may be sayd pro­perly in latine, Surdo narras fabulam, or Surdo canis. Virg. Non canimus surdis, respondent omnia siluae.

11 Magis nunc me amicae dicta stimulāt, da mihi, atque affer nihil. Now at this time, the sayings of my best beloue goe nere to my stom [...]k, geue me this, and bring me that, &c.

[Page]12 Quid respōdeam nihil habeo, I haue nothing in the world, what to make aunswere.

Quid pro quod, as quid magnum, for aliquod magnum, or aliquid magni, & albeit it appeare contrary to the nature of quid taken and vsed most commonly for substātiue, and gouerning a genitiue case after him, yet it is an elegant maner of speakinge, and much vsed in probate authors, as well ioyned with Ad [...]ecti [...]es put substantiuely, as also with substantiues, and a greeing with the same in case, gender, and number, as if it were an adiectiue. Cato de libe­ris educandis. Si quid his datum sit esculentum. If any thing be geuen them to eate, or that is mans meate. Ci. li. 2. epi. fam. Graué est homini pudenti petere aliquid magnum ab eo, de quo se bene meritum putet, ne id quod petat, exi­gere magis, quàm rogare, & in mercedis potiùs quàm benefieij loco numerare videatur, It is great payne or griefe to a man that hath any shame in hym, to desire any great thing of him, vnto whom he thinketh himselfe to haue done pleasure afore, least that hee maye seeme that thing, which he desireth rather to exact and to require as due, than to desire, & rather to reckē or accompt the same in place of a due rewarde or wages afore deserued, then in place of a be­nefite. And so in other examples innumerable which for breuity I omit.

12 Nequè me quisquam est miserior, Nor there is any man liuing more miserable, or in worse case then I am.

[Page]13 Suarum rerum satagit He hath enough to doe of his owne, or he hath a busie piece of woorke of his owne to doe. Sat ago, saragis, sategi, sata­ctum. Is to haue businesse or matters enough to doe. And it is sometimes construed with a genitiue, as here, and somtimes it is put abso­lutely without any case ioyned with it. And sometimes it signifieth diligentem esse, seu fe­stinare. To be diligent, or to make busie speede and haste.

15 Mea amica est potens, procax, magnifica, sūp­tuosa, nobilis. My best beloue or paramour is a woman of good hability, euer crauing, lady­like, a chargeable, or costly piece, and a gentle­woman, Procax procacis. i. petax, euer asking & crauing, fourmed of proco, procas, which is poscere, to desire, and thereof woers are called in latine proci, as who should say, poscentes vxo­rem atque ambientes. Destring and demaun­ding, or asking the wyfe that they woe.

16 Mihi religio est dicere. I dare not say it, or I haue a conscience to speake it. Religio. i. me­tus. Feare and as (we say) scrupulosity of con­science, per metaphoram, for religio, properly is the true seruing and worshipping of God, & of holy thinges. Ex Cicero.

17 Hoc ego mali non pridem inueni, nequè etié dum scit pater, It is not longe that I haue perceiued this displeasure or incommodity, nor my father doth not yet knowe it. Inueni. i. in­tellexi, sensi.

In the second Scene▪

1 Si mihi secundae res essent. If I were wealthy or in prosperity, or if my fortune were good.

2 Vereor ne me absente mulier corrupta sit, I feare least that the woman hath bene peruerted or made naught, while I haue bene away.

3 Concurrunt multae opiniones, quae mihi anim [...] exaugeant. There come many opinions toge­ther, that cause my mynde much the more to thinke. Exaugere, is to encrease a thing, and to make it much more than it was, & thereof Ex­augera animum, is to encrease the opinion of y^• minde, and to cause the mynde much the more to bowe, and to encline to that opinion that it was in afore. Per metaphoram.

4 Sub imperio cuius est? Under whose rule or ordering is hee?

5 Illi nihil praeter praecium dulee est, He thinketh nothing sweete but money, or there is nothing sweete vnto him, or in his opinion, but money.

5 Hei misero mihi. Alas that euer I was borne. The interiections, heu, & prôh, gonerne a no­minatiue case, as heu pietas, heu priscas fides, prôh Iupiter and an accufatiue, as heu me mi­serum. Prôh deûm at (que) hominum fidem, Hei gouerneth euermore a datiue.

6 Etiam caues, ne videat fortè te à patre aliquis exiens? Wilt thou beware yet againe least per­chaunce some body coming foorth from thy fa­ther espy thee?

7 Nescio quid mihi animus praesagit mali, I can not tell how my minde gretueth me, that all is [Page] not well, or that I shall haue some ill chaunce, or I can not tell howe my heart grudgeth a­gainst some ill to come. Praesagio, sagis praesa­giui, is to perceiue a thing that is towarde, be­fore it come, of prae, quod est ante, before, & sa­gire, hoc est acutè sentire. To be quicke of per­ceiuing, and smelling, and thereof dogges are called Sagaces, quicke of smelling or senting.

8 Pergin' isthuc prius dijudicare, quàm scis quid veri fiet? Doest thou yet still iudge the matter, before thou knowest what the truth is.

9 Si nihil mali esset, iam hic adesset. If all had bene well, he would haue bene heere ere nowe.

10 Non cogitas hinc longiùs abesse? Doest thou not consider, that is a great way hence.

10 Nosti mores mulierum, dum moliuntur, dum comuntur, annus est, Thou knowest the guise of women, whyle they set forward▪ & while they attyre, pike, and trim themselues, it is a whole yeare. Molior, moliris▪ molitus sum. Is to force a body, and streyne him selfe to doe any thing. Como, mis, compsi, comptum; est ornare. To make gay, or to attyre, or to decke the bush: for in the trimming of the haire consisteth a great part of the beauty of man or women.

12 Respira, Take a good heart.

12 Eccum Dromonem cum Syro vna adsunt tibi Loe yond Dromo & Syrus, they are both heere together. Tibi est datiuus festiuitatis graria ad­iunctus. Laur. Valla hath obserued, that ecce & en signifle one thing, and be construed indiffe­rently with a nominatiue case, or with an accu [Page] satiue. Albeit he protesteth, that hee hath not read (at least wyse in any oratour) yea & fewe times in any Poete▪ eccè gouerning an accusa­tiue Eccum, eccam, eccos, eccas, ellum, ellum, ellos, ellas, the same Ualla expoundeth not by pronounes, contrary to Priscian and others, saying, Eccum▪ i. ecce eum, or ecce hunc, nor el­lum. i. ecce. illum, nor eccam. i. ecce eam, eccos. i. ecce. eos. ellam. [...]. ecce illam, ellos. i. ecce illos▪ but by aduerbes thus, eccum. i. ecce hie▪ s. eū, &c. ellum. i. ecce illic eum. &c. And eccam. i. ec­ce hic. s. eam. &c eccos. i. ecce hic. s. eos. &c. ellā i. ecce illic. s. eam &c. ellos. i. ecc illic. s. eos. &c. And therefore they bee ioyned w^t an accusatiue of the thing that we will demonstrate a sewe. Terent in Eun. Eccum Parmenonem, eccum me. i. ecce hic Parmenonem, ecce hic me. And here Eccum Dromonem i▪ ecce hic Dromoné, &c. So ellum, Parmenonem i. ecce illic Par­menonem, vel potiùs ecce illic Parmeno secū ­dum Vallam.

In the thyrd Scene.

1 Ain' tu? Sayest thou so in deede?

1 Sic est. It is euen so.

2 Intereà dum sermones cedimus, illi sunt relicti While we haue kept and prolonged communi­cation, they be lest a great way behinde. Cedi­mus sermones i. miscemus, ex Nonio.

4 Minimè mirum, adeo impediti s [...]nt, ancillatum gregem ducunt secum. It is no meruayle that they haue bene so long in comming they bee so restered, for they bring a whole flocke of may▪ [Page] den seruauntes with them. Minimè mirum▪ [...]. est illos tàm tardè aduenisse.

5 Men' rogas? Doest thou aske of mee?

6 Non oportuit relictos, portant quid rerum, It was not well done to leaue thē behind, for they beare some thing of charge about them.

6 Portant aurum, vestem, & vesperascit, & nō no­uerunt viam, They haue about them both gold, and apparell, and darke night cometh fast on, and they know not the way.

8 Factum à nobis stulte est, It was foolishly, or vnwysely done of vs.

8 Abidum illis obuiam propere, Goe and meete them apace, Abidum pro abi, parel [...]on est, as quisnam pro quis.

9 Vae misero mihi, quanta de spe decidi? Woe is mee vnfortunate Body that I am, out of how great hope am I fallen or brought?

10 Quae res te solicit at? what thig troubleth your minde? Solicitare heere betokereth inquietate, curā inijcere, to disquiet & to make pensife. So in Andr. Cur ego meā senectutē huius solicito amētia? why do I disquiet & vexe mine oldage for his foly? Plau. in Aulu. Quia isthuc facinus quod tuum solicitat animum, id ego feci & fa­teor. For this deede that troubleth and vexeth thy minde I did my self, & I confesse it. Som­time Solicitare, to shewe as wel hope as feare. Plin. li. i. epist. Nulla spe, nullo timore▪ solicitos nullius rumoribus inquiêtor. I am not mo [...] ­ued neyther with any hope, nor with any feare, nor I am not disquieted wyth the rumours [Page] or new tales of any mā. Terēt. in Andria, Mis. O­rare iussit, si se ames, hera, iam vt ad se venias. Vi­dere ait te cupere, Pamp. Vah perij, hoc malum integrascit. Siccine me atque illam opera tua nūc miseros solicitarier? Mis. My dame bid mee pray you (if ye loue her) to come to her by and by, for shee sayth that shee would very fayne see you.

Pamph. Alas woe is mee, this mischiefe is euery day renewed woorse and woorse: is it well done, that bothe I and shee vnhappy Bodyes bee thus brought in hope and feare euery day, by the mea­nes of thee? Sometime it is to prouoke, or to lye instantly vppon, and to entice one to any thynge. Curtius li. 2. Verum enimuéro cùm modò milite [...] meos litteris ad proditioné, modò amicos ad per­niciem pecunia solici [...]et ad internecionem mihi persequendus est. But yet for as much as hee doth egge and entice somewhyle my Souldiours by Letters to betraye mee, and somewhyle my friendes with money and rewardes to slea mee. I must needes pursue him to the death. And So­licito, is to bee written with one single [...], excepte in Poetes, which double the same, l, Per epen­thesin, metri causa. For it is formed à solo, For what other thing is Solicitare then Solo citare, id est Loco mouere? To moue or styrre a thynge out of the grounde that it stoode on. and out of his place. For that Solum doth signifie Locum, who doubteth, since that the etymology of the La­tine worde Exules, dicantur patriae suae solo pul­fi? And thereof Solicitare is to turne vp y^e groūd in Ti [...]ing or Ploughing.

[Page] Tibul. Et teneram ferro sollicitauit humum. And because that solum is sayd also of the sea: Therfore solici [...]ere is some tyme taken for na­uigare.

Claud. Et rudibus remis solicitauit aquas. For solum is euery thing that beareth vp and stay­eth any thing as y^t water is solum to the ships, and to the fishes. Virg. Subtrahitur (que) solum. Et Ouid. Omne solum forti patria est, & pisci­bus aequor. Et volucri vacuo quicquid in orbe pa [...]et In which verse [...]uid calleth the ayre so­lum to the byrdes and the skye is solum, to the starres. Quid. Astra tenent sceleste solum. &c.

10 Rogitas quid siet? Dost thou aske what it is, or what is the matter?

12 Nunc demùm intelligo? I perceiue it now at last, and so I did not afore. Demùm & deni (que) idem significant quod tandam. i. post longam moram: After long tarying as in example.

When thou hast wel and perfectlye learned all thinges, then at last and not before thou mayst teach others. Cum omnia perdidiceris, tum de­mùm, or denique, or tandem, docere alios potes, Secondarilye demùm is taken for omnino vel solum, speciallye when it is ioyned with these pronounes, hic, ille, iste, is, or with these verbes ità, or sic, so that demúm containeth and impor­teth a certayne excep [...]ō of an other thing, thus Ea demùm est gloriosa laudatio, quae a laudatis vitis proficiscitur, That prayse and none els is to a man honour and good name which cometh [Page] and riseth of honest men and prayse worthy. Ità demùm me abs te amari sentiā si huic homini mea causa cōmodauetis, I wil by this meanes and none other, perceyue and thinke, that you loue me hartely wel, yf you do pleasure vnto this man for my sake.

Tum demùm te amicum putabo, quum bene­uolentiam erga me tuam re expertus fuero I wil then and neuer afore thinke thee my frend, when I haue in deede had a profe of thy good wil and harty loue towardes mee &c.?

13 Dij boni quid turbae est? Good Lord what a rable, or trayne, or company is there of them: and sometyme it may be englished thus. Good Lorde what array, or trouble or busines, or a do is there?

13 Acdes nostrae eos vix capient scio. Out house wil scarsely hold them all, I know well▪ or our house wil vneth be able to receyue them all, I am very sure.

14 Quid comedent▪ quid ebibent.? i. quantū. How much wil they eate and drinke? or what meate and drinke wil they spend?

14 Eccos quos volebam. Loe here them that I would haue. How eccos is to be expounded it is shewed a litle afore.

15 O Iupiter vbinàm est fides? O Iupiter wher is honesty, or sure, and faythful keping of pro­mises becom? ▪ For fides (as saith Cicero lib. [...], offi.) est dictorum conuentorumque constantia & veritas, ex quo credamas, quia fiat quod dic­tū est appellatā Fidem. Fides is the substātiall [Page] keeping, and the true and sure agreing of a mans sayinges and couenauntes, and the per­formance of the same. And therfore let vs be­leue and thinke verily this to be the very true etimologie, that is to say, the very true reasō, diffin [...]t [...]on and interpretatiō of the word fides quia fiat quod dictum est, that such thinges be done indeede that are promised in woord, and when the deedes are aunswerable and agre­ing vnto the wordes, & sayinges or promises.

16 Tu interea loci collocuple [...]âstire, Thou hast enriched thy selfe in the meane seasō, or thou hast gotten great goodes in the meane tyme.

17 Me in his deseruisti malis. Thou hast forsakē me in this aduersity or distresse.

18 Proptet quam in summa infam [...]a sum, & meo patri minus obsequens. For whose cause I am in very great insamy, obicqu [...]e or scaunder, & [...]m not ruled by my father as I should bee, or do not follow my fathers mynde as I oughte to doe, or lesse obedient to my father theu I should bee.

22 Nemo est miserior me. There is no man more miserable or in worse case then I.

22 Hic de verbis nostris errat, quae hic sumus [...]o­cuti, This man is deceyued by reason of our words that we haue spoken heere,

23 Aliter amorem tuum atque est accipis, You take your loue otherwyse then it is, we say e­legantly alitèr, atque alter, ac or alitèr quàm, and aliter nisi, when a negation goeth afore. Se examples in Hadrian.

[Page]24 Animus erga te idem est, ac fuit. My minde towardes you, is the same that it hath bene.

25 Quantum exipsa re coniecturam facimus. As farre as we could coniect by, or of the thinge it selfe.

26 Nihil rerum omnium est, quod malim quam me hoc falso suspicarier. There is nothinge in the world that I would bee more glad of, than that I did suspect, surmise, & mistrust thinges falsely and vntrulye.

28 Anus, quae est dicta mater esse ei ante hac, non fuit, The olde woman that hetherto hath bene called his mother, was not his mother.

30 Ea obijt mortem. Shee is dead.

30 Hoc ipse in itinere alteri dum natrat, fortè au­diui, This did I heare by chaunce as himselfe told it to an other body by the way.

32 Mane, hoc quod coepi primum enarrem, post isthuc veniam. Abyde a whyle let me first of all tell forth this that I haue begone, and then I wil come to thee afterwarde.

34 Vbi ventum ad aedeis est Dromo pultat fores, When we came to the house, Dromo knocked at the dore. Pulto pultas is the same that Pulso pulsas, to knocke, to heate, or to rap, & it is for­med of the Supine pnltum, which supine the old wryters did vse but now it is out of vse.

35 A [...]us quaedam prodit. Forth commeth a cer­tayne old woman.

35 Haec vbi aperuit ostium, continuo hic se conie­cit in tro ego consequor, As soone as she had o­pened the dore, he there whippe me [...] in by and [Page] by, and I after, hard at the tayle of him.

37 Foribus obdit pessulum, He bolted the dore.

38 Hinc sciri potuit, aut nusquam alibi quo studio vitam suam te absente exegerit. By this way, or else by no way at all it might be knowē how buystly, or in what occupation hee hath passed and led hys lyfe while you haue bene absent from home. Studio. i. labore opere. Exigere aeta­tem or tempus and agere aetatem, Is to passe and to spend out the yeares or tyme▪ exigere is foras abigere to driue out of dores. Plaut. Exe­git omnes foras. Hee droue euerye body out of dores.

40 De improuiso est interuentum mulieri. Wee came vppon the Woman sodaynly or vnware.

41 Ea res dedit existimandi copiā quotidianae vitae cousuetudinem, By that thing wee might east­ly iudge the daily conuersation of his liuing▪

42 Quotidianae vitae consuetudo cuiusque ingeni­uium, vt sit, declarat maxumé, The dayly con­uersation of liuing, doth very easily and best of all thinges, shew what the disposition of euery body is. Maximè. i. facillime, optimè, and there is the figure antithesis, that is, when one letter is put for an other. As Scribundis prologis, for scribendis, animum aduortite. For aduertite, so here maxume for maximè.

44 Terentem telam studiosè ipsam offendimus. Wee found her at the loome weauing full bu­silye. Offendo, dis, offendi, offensum, is some­times the same that reperio, to finde by▪ chaūce. [Page] Of which verbes reade Laurentius Valla. lib. 5 Eleg. cap▪ 2

44 Offendimus eam medioctiter vestitam, veste lugubri, We found her meanly or coursely ap­parelled in a mourning gowne▪

50 Obsecro ne me in laetitiam frustra conijcias I pray thee do not cast me into great gladnes in vayne.

54 Si haec sunt vera, it a vti credo, quis te est fortu­natior? If these things be true as I think ve­rely they bee, what man is more fortunate, or who hath better fortune then thou?

57 Magnum hoc signum est eum esse extra noxā, This is a great signe that hee is nothing cul­pable or faulty. Noxa secundum festum. Pom­peium & Vallam, idem est quod culpa and ther of commeth noxa dedere, in the ciuil law. i. poe­nae dare, seu tradere ob noxam. i. culpam to de­liuer to be punished for so me fault, offence, or trespasse done, as if a mans seruaunt or bond­man had done any trespasse agaynst any person the party playntife toke an action againste the mayster of such seruaunt or bondman and such manner actions are called in the ciuil law, no­xales actiones, That if the mayster of such ser­uaunte or bondmam (as aforesayd) would not mayntaine him in the sayde trespasse or of­fence done, hee would and lawfully myght yeld his sayd seruaunt or bondman to suffer bodily punishment, according to the order of the law yea and though it were to death, and that was called noxa dedere extra noxam esse, idem est [Page] quod extra culpam esse, hoc est noxa, aut culpa vacare not to be in fault, but to be guilties or blameles. Noxa is samtimes takē for dānū hurt or harme, Ouid. lib. 15. Meth. Speaking of the waters of a certayn lake in the coūtrey of Ar­cadia, which was called Lacus phineus.

Nocte nocent potae sine noxa luce bibuntur. If one drinke of them in the Night, they will hurt him, but in the day tyme a mā may drink of them without any harme at all. Suet. in lul. Caesar cap. 81. Spurinamque irridens & vt falsū arguēs, quod sine vlla sua noxa idus Martiae a­dessent, quanquam is venisse quidem eas dice­ret, sed non praeterijsse. And mocking or scor­ning Spurina, and reprouinge him as foule de­ceiued in y^• the Ides of the moneth of March were come without any his harme notwithstā ­ding that the sayde Spurina still sayd & affyr­med, y^• the sayd Ides of March in deede w [...]re now come, but that they were not yet past, or begunne. For Spurin a beyng a Soothsayer, had warned Caesar before to beware of the Ides of March, for he should be slaine as that day, and so he was.

59 Disciplina est, eisdē munerarier ancillas primū ad dominas qui affectant viā, This is a schole or this is the fashiō, maner order, or trayn that must be vsed, that is what soeuer person desi­reth to haue his way made vnto the mistresses must first reward or bride the mayden seruant with semblable thinges as he would geue vn­to the dames themselues.

[Page] Disciplina plinae, is that any disciple or scholler taketh of his mayster, as any fashion or sort of liuing, or of doyng anye manners, or other doc­trine. And therof it is called a Schole, as in example. Christ did forbid that we should put a way vyolence by vyolence, and byd vs to do good for yll, but now we haue learned another Schole. Christus vim vi repellere prohibuit & bona pro malis reddere praecepit at nūc alia est disciplina, So Disciplina militaris is the fa­shion that youg souldiers are afore exercised in, and trayned, after to bee made perfect good men of ware, Disciplina gladiatoria, is the preceptes and way of trayning men in the wea­pons and the Scholes that maysters of fence keepe. Disciplina scholastica is the doctrine that scholers be trayned in by their Maysters, and therof amonge the Philosophers, the diuers sectes are called disciplinae, as disciplina Stoi­torum is the sect of y^• Stockes, Discipla Peri­pateticorum is the secte of the Peripatetiques and so of others, which had euery of them a sū ­dry fashion, or trayne from an other.

So Disciplina meretricia, is the Schole and doctrine that the lyght Huswyues and strum­pets haue amonges them, and teach it to theyr disciples. Nam ea quoque si dijs placet, artis iam nomen ob [...]iuuit. Munetor, raris, hath here the nature and signification of a verbe de, ponent, Plaut and Macrobius vsed Munero, ras, neutrali significatione, For there bee certayne verbes, which be neuters in o, and deponentes [Page] in or, vnder one significatiō, as assentio, assensi, and assentior, tiris, assensus sum, to assent, or to graunt, Impartio, impartiui, and impertior, [...]ris impertitus sum, to geue part.

Comperio, and comperior cōperi (for the pre­terperfect, compertus sum, the Latine men haue not sayd in the actiue signification (to haue sure knowledge, Iurgo gas, & iurgor garis, to ch [...]e, Fabrico, cas, in poets and Fabricor, caris, in o­rators to imagine, Populo, las, & populor to de­stroy A dûlo, as, and adûlor, aris, to flatter, Lux urio, as, and Luxurior, aris, to be franke, or to be ryotous Lacrimo, and Lachrimor to weepe w^t others mo, which Nonius Marcellus reckeneth vp.

61 Perge obsecro te, Goe forth in your tale, I beseech you.

61 Caue ne falsam gratiam studeas inire, Be­ware that thou desire not to pycke or to haue a thanke of me vndeserued, or beware that thou go [...] not about to make me thanke thee for no­thing

62 Quid ai [...], vbi me nominas? What would hee say when thou didst name mee?

63 Dicimus redijsse re & rogare, vti veniret ad to Wee toulde him that you were come home a­gaine, and that your desyred hym to come vnto you.

64 Mulier lachrymis opplet os totum sibi, The woman all to washed all her face with blubring and weeping.

67 Prae gaudio, ita me dij ament, vbi sim nescio ti­mui [Page] As God helpe me, I cannot tell where I am for toy, I was so afrayde afore.

68 At ego nihil sciebam. But I knew that then was no cause why at all.

70 Adducimus tuum Bachidem, We bring here with vs your soueraigne lady Bacchis.

72 O hominis impudentem audaciam. O that shameles boldnesse that is in the fellow.

73 Non sit sine periculo facinus magnū & memo­rabile. A great act and worthy memory, is ne­uer done without peril. Hic & haec memorabi­lis, & hoc memorabile, a thing worthy to bee had in memory. Plaut. in cap. At erit mihi hoc factum mortuo memorabile. But this act shal bee had in memory, when I am dead and rot­ten. Col. in prae. Cum tot alios Romani generis lutuear memorabiles duces, Whē I behold so many noble captaynts and worthy memorye of the bloud of the Romaynes. Cic. de amicitia. Cum accepissemus a patribus maximè memo­rabilē C. Laelij & P. Scipionis familiaritatem. When he had heard of our fathers and aunce­stours the familiarity of C. Lelius and P. Sci­pio of most worthy memory. &c. Read in Chil. Erasm. the prouerbe. Difficilia quae pulchra. Unto the which this sentence or clause of Te­rence is aluded.

74 Hoc vide in mea vita tu tibi laudem is quaesi­tum seelus. See I pray you, thou gost about to get vnto thy selfe a prayse, glory, or honour by the hasarde aud daunger of my lyfe thou [Page] naughty fellow. Is quaesitum, id est, quaeris. Hoc vide, is a māner of Latine speaking much vsed in Terēce, and Plaut. signifying the same that we say in english in indignation or anger. See I pray you, as afore in Eunucho. Illud vide▪ os vt sibi distorsit carnifex. Se I pray you how the villayne maketh a wrye mouth. Idem in A­delph.

Illuc vide, vt in ipso atticulo oppressit. See I pray you, how he hath come vpyon mee, and taken me sodeynely euen at the very poynte of mischiefe. &c.

75 Si paululùm modo quid te fugerit perierim. If thou be ouerseene in any thing be it neuer so litle, I am vtterly vndone, or I may geue my lyfe for an halfe penny, Of Paululùm quid, or paululùm aliquid propaulùlū aliquod, with other like it is largely shewed.

76 Si sinas dicam, If you woulde let me alone, I would tell you.

77 Quas, malum. ambages mihi narrare occipit What the deuil goinge aboute the bush begin­neth he to vse in telling his tale? Malū is some­tyme an interiection, or after Donat▪ an Ad­uerbe of anger and indignatiō, and is sweetly brought in (sayth Donate.)

Cic. lib. 2, off. Preclarè in epistola quadā Alex­andrum filium Philippus accusat quod largitio­ne beneuolētiam Macidonum confectur. Quae te malū inquit ratio ipsam spē induxit, vt eos ti bisideles putares fore, quos pecunia corrupisses? [Page] Phillippus kinge of the Macedonians did very nobly rebuke and blame his sonne Alexander, in a certayne Epistle that hee wrote vnto him, where he sayde thus, what (the Deuil) occasiō or cōsideratiō hath brought thee into this hope that thou shouldest thinke that they would be, and cōtinue faythful vnto thee whom thou hast corrupt with money?

78 Ad rem redi, Returne to the purpose or pith of the matter.

79 Euimuerò reticere nequeo, Truly I can not but speake.

79 Multis modis iniuris Clitipho est, neque ferri potis est, Clitipho is vnreasonable many waies, nor any man may suffer, or abyde his vnreaso­nable fashion.

80 Audiendum hercle est, tace. In faith you must needes here, or you may not choose but heare, hold your peace.

81 Vix potiri tuum esse in potiūdo periclum non vis▪ you would fayne haue your desire & plea­sure, but you wil abyde none aduenture in la­bouring for to obtayne it. We say potior, po­teris, vel potiris, potitus [...]um, And in latine speaking it gouerneth the Genitiue plurall of this noune res, when it is set alone, and notioy­ned with an adiectiue, and then it signifyeth to beare a rule, and to haue in our dominion. or to gouerne the Empire, as Augusto rerum potito totus quieuit orbis. When Augustus had or ruled the Empyre, al the world was at rest and peace. And in that signification, that is to saye. [Page] betokening to surmount, or to haue in our do­minion, and vnder our subiectiō, Potior is read and ioyned also with ctrtayne other Genitiues besydes rerum▪ plaut. in cap. Nam postquàm meus rex est potitus hostiū. After that the king my mayster had surmounted his ennemies, and gotten the ouerhand of them. Idem in Epidico, Atque hostium est potita, And shee hath sub­dued or conquered her ennemies. Salust.

Cui fatum foret vrbis potiri, Whose destenye it was to winne, or to obtayne the Cittye, and to bee Lord of it. But of all other casuall wordes, yea, and also of the sayd noune res be­yng ioyned with any other adiectiue, then such as may appertayn to the significatiō aboue no­ted, Potior gouerneth an ablatiue case, and then it is to obtayne or get any thinge by labouring, as Potitus sum victoria, I haue gotten the vic­torye &c. Potior is also reade, gouerning an ac­culatiue as in olde tyme it was vsed. Plaut. in Asinar. Fortiter malum qui patitur, idem post potitur bonum. He that suffereth and manfully endureth the sowre, shall afterwarde haue the sweete, or, he that doth stoutely abyde the payne for any thing, shal afterward haue the pleasure of the same. Terent in Adel, Ille alter sine labo­re patria potitur cōmoda, That my other bro­ther Mitto without any his payne and labour, hath all pleasures, and commodities belon­ginge to a father or that a father shoulde haue, Ibidem. Miseriam omnem ego capio hic po­titur gaudia. I abyde all the care sorrow, and [Page] misery, and he hath all the ioy and pleasure. Cic. in Phi. Itaque si receptis illis possumus esse liberi, vincamus odium, pacemque potiamur. Therfore if we may be free, and out of all subiection whan we haue receaued those thinges then let vs ouercome hatred or enmitye, an [...] let vs haue peace. Potior is fourmed of potis & therfore (sayth Valla) they be both very lik [...] in signification, For we say in latine.

Sum compos mentis, compos animi, compos rationis, compos sanitatis, when I haue th [...] thinges here rehersed, Also wee say in latin

Sum compos voti, compos victoriae, compos optati. When I haue by my labour and industry gotten or obtayned the said thinges. Imp [...] in significatiō is cleane contrary vnto compos

82 Haud stulto sapis, You are no small foole.

84 Aut haec cum illis sunt habenda, aut illa cu [...] his amittenda. Either thou must be [...] to haue these thinges together with the other or els to leaue and let goe the other thinges t [...] gether with these.

85 Harum duarum conditionum nunc vtrum m [...] uis vide, Now see whether of these condition thou wouldest rather or leauer haue.

86 Cōsilium quod coepi rectum esse & [...]utum [...] I knowe that the counsayle, or deuyse that haue begone to take, is good, and nothing dan­gerous.

88 Quod illi es pollicitus eadem haec inuenia [...] via, That that thou hast promised vnto hym [Page] will find out and get by this selfe same waye or meane.

89 Quod vt efficerem, orando surdas iam aures reddieris mihi, Which thinge that I woulde bringe to passe for thee thou haddest alreadye long afore made myne eares dull & deafe, with much desyryng and prayng.

90 Quid aliud tibi vis? what would you els haue? or what would you more haue,

90 Experiūdo scies, By assaying, or prouing thou shalt know, experiundo pro experiendo per a [...] ­ [...]ithesin.

91 Age, age, cedo istuc tuum consilium, quid id est, Go to, come one tel vs that thy deuise, what is it?

94 Longum est si tibi narrem, quamobrèm id fa­ciam. It would be a lōg tale to tel if I should shew you wherfore I should do it.

96 Nihil satis firmi video, quamobrem accipere hunc mihi expediat metū, I see no substantiall cause to trust to, why I should take such a feare or why it should be expedient for me to be thus afeard. Quamobrem is elegantly vsed in such manner speakinges as this. And in the same plate might also haue bene set with like eleg [...] ­cy of latine speaking, cùr, quare, quapropter, or qua causa accordinge to the vse and manner of speakinge of Tullie and others the latine men of olde tyme where as now most men vse com­monly to say, nihil propter quod and nulla cau­sa propter quam▪ &c. read examples apud Ha­drianum.

[Page]97 Mane, habeo aliud si is [...]hue metuis, quod [...] con [...]iteamini sine periclo esse, Abyde I [...] ymagined, or found out an other thynge if [...] be afearde of this, which you both wil clearly graunt to be voyd of all peril, or to be without al daunger. Periclo pro periculo per syncop [...]

98 Huius modi obsecro aliquid reperi. Fynd [...] or imagine some such thing, I pray thee ha [...] ly, for Gods sake.

99 Ibo obuiàm illis, dicā vt reuertantur domum, I will goe meete them, and bid them return [...] home agayne.

100 Ademptum tibi iam faxo amnem metum. I wil find the meanes to ryd thee ou [...] of all fear [...] by and by.

100 In aurem vtramuis otiosè dormias, Neue [...] breake any sleepe for the matter hardly. Dorm [...] ­re in vtramuis aurem, in vtrumuis oculum I [...] a prouerbe signifying to be quiet, and nothing [...] troubled in the mind, For such as be in sorrow care or payne, can not sleepe soundly, for the of­ten recordation of their euils. See Erasm▪ i [...] Chiliad.

101 Quid ago nunc? What is it best for me to do now.

101 Dic modò verum, Tell mee truth, or say truth now, modò properly signifyeth a tyme ve­ry litle past. But sometymes it signifyeth tyme present or instāt. Sed rarò inqui [...] dona [...]us in He [...] cyra▪ Plau. in Sticho. Deos salutabo modò▪ po­steà ad [...]e continuo transeo. I will now say my deuotions to the Gods, and than I wil come o­uer to [Page] thee immediatly excepte modò be heere also taken for solùm. Terent. in Adelph. act 3. s [...]e. 1. Modò dolores metu occipiunt primulùm, O good sweete nourse, the paynes of trauayling of my daughter doe now first begin a litle, and heere immediately following.

103 Datur modò, fruare dùm licet, nàm nescias, eius sit potestas posthac, an nūquam tibi, Now thou mayst haue it, vse it while thou mayst, for thou canst not tell, whether it shall euer hereaf­ter come any more to thy hāds again or neuer.

106 Verum herclè isthuc est, In deede truth it is that you say.

107 Adsum, dic quid est, Heere I am, [...]el me what is the matter.

108 Iam ho [...] quo (que) negabis tibi placere, Thou wilt say anone, y^t thou likest not this neither.

108 Me, & meam famam permitto tibi, I cōmit both me and my name, fame or honesty, whol­ly vnto you, or, I put my selfe & my good name and fame wholy in your handes.

110 Ne quid accusandus sis? vide. See that thou bee not blame worthy. Accusandus, is heere a noūe. For participles be foure maner of waies chaunged into the natur of nounes. First whē they be compoūded with such wordes as their verbes be not: as innocens, indoctus, insipiens, for wee doe not say innoceo, indoceo, nor insi­pio. Secondarily, when they gouerne after thē and other case, than y^e verbe that they come of: as, aeris abundans, amans vini, fugitans litium, pecuniae cupiens. For whē they be participles [Page] they gouerne the cases of their verbes. Third­ly, whan they forme of them all the degrees of comparison: as amans, amātior, amantissimus, doctus, doctior, doctissimus. Fourthly, whā they betoken no time, as amandus. i. amari dignu [...], Worthy to be loued, accusandus. i. accusa [...]i dig­nus. Worthy to be shent or blamed.

111 Ridiculum est isthuc me admonere, quasi ist­hic minor mei res agatur, quàm tua, It is a mad thing that thou wilt warne or tell mee of this, as though the matter did not appertaine to me, as much as to thee, or did not touch me as nighly as thee. Read the prouerbe.

Tu [...]es agitur, in Chiliadibus. Eras.

113 Hic si quid nobis fortè aduersi euenerit, tibi erunt pa [...]ata verba, huic homini verbera, If a­ny thing shal [...] happely chaunce vnto vs in this matter other wyse▪ then well, thou shalt percase here of it, but it is I, that shalt abie for it, or if we shall haue any ill chaunce in this matter, thou shalt nothing but bee chydden for it, and haue woordes, but it is this body of mine that shall ab [...]de or haue the strokes.

115 Neutiquàm res hac neglectui est mihi. I do not passe light on this matter, or I do not en­tende to be negligēt, or to sleepe in this matter.

117 In eum iam res redijt locum, vt facere sit ne­cesse. The matter is now come to that po [...]te that I may not chose but do it.

118 Merito t [...] amo, My loue is well bestowed on you.

119 Perdocta est probè, Shee can her lessō well [Page] enough, or shee is taught her lesson in the bests wise I warrant you.

120 Hoc d [...]miror, qui tàm facilè potueris per­suadere illi, This I marueile greatly at, howe thou couldest so soone perswade, or bryng him in minde.

122 In tempore ad eum veni, quod rerum om­nium est primum, I came vnto him in season, which thing is the chiefe and principall of all thinges. Reade the prouerbe, Nosce tempus, in Chiliad Erasm.

124 Arte tractabat virum, id est, hominem, He [...] handled the felow craftely or sub [...]ly

126 Vt esset apud te ob hoc quàm gratissimus, That he might bee in very good fauour wyth thee for the same.

127 Sed hens tu, vide sis ne quid imprudens tuus, But sirrha, see that you play no wylde touch [...] ere you be ware, or forgetting your selfe. Vide sis, the particle sis, is as much as si vis, & is put for it oft times, as sodes for si audes, or sultis for si vultis. And it is much vsed for an aduerbe of exhorting, or els other whyles for a voice ex­pletiue, so that it is parelcon. And it is also vox enclitica, that is to say, it causeth the word afore going, to be accured. Plau. in Amph. Iam sequere sis, herum qui ludificas dictis deliranti­bus. Come after me at ones, thou whych moc­kest me, being thy maister with thy fa [...]sh say­inges. It is vsed sometime also in oratours. Cic. pr sexto Roscio. Age nūc refer anim ū [...]is ad verioatē. Wel goe to now, returne thy minde [Page] to the very plaine truth of the matter. Impru­dens. i. incogitans, vnware, vnaduised, for fault of remembraunce and cōstderation. Ruas. i. im­modestè agas, gerasue quasi temerarius.

128 Patrem nouisti. ad has res quam sit perspi­cax, Thou knowest thy father howe quicke of sight he is in such thinges, and how sone he cā espy them.

129 Ego te noui, quàm esse soleas impotens, I knowe thee howe wilde and without stay thou art wont to be, and vnable to rule thy self. Im­potens is he that cannot maister, rule, refrain, staye, or measure the affections, passions, or desires of the minde, but passeth reason, & kee­peth no measure or meane. whether it be in an­ger, ioy, sorrowe, pleasure, or els what. Ter. in An. Adeò impotenti esse animo, vt praeter ciuiū morem atquè legem & sui voluntatem patris, tamen hanc habere studeat cum summo pro­bro? Should he be so [...]arre out of reason, bee­yond himselfe, or so outragious, that he should labour and goe about to haue her to his wife, against the vsage & custome of all honest men in the city, and against the lawe, and contrary to the minde or will of his owne father?

130 Inuersa verba, euersas ceruices [...]uas gemitus screatus, russeis, risus, abstine, Thy stumbling or tripping in thy wordea, speaking one thing for an other, thy streiching or putting forth of thy necke thy sighing, spitting, coughing, and laughing, or gig [...]ing or will spering, forbeare thm. Inuerto, tis, verti, inuersum, is to turne y^e [Page] contrary syde outwarde, as of a furre, or of a cay▪ or any other thinge, and thereof inuertere verba▪ est praepostere aliquid efferre. To pro­nounce woordes and to bring them out, so that we speake one thing for an other▪ as they vse to doe whose tongues cōmonly speake that thing, vpon which their minde runneth most.

132 Laudabis me, Thou shalt con me good thāke.

133 Quam cito nos consecutae sunt mulie [...]cs. Howe soone the women haue ouertaken vs.

135 Nihilo magis, Nere a deale the rather.

137 Abeas si sapis, Get thee hēce if thou wise be.

138 O hominem faelicem, O happy man that e­uer he [...] was borne.

In the fourth Scene.

1 Edepol te laudo, & fortunatū iudico, cum stu­duisti▪ isti formae mores vt consimiles forent. Truely I commende thee, and thinke thee for­tunate or happy, that thou hast so endeuoured thy selfe, that thy Conditions and behauioure might be according, or aunswerable vnto thy beauty.

3 Minimè miror, si te sibi quis (que) expetit. I mer­uayle nothinge at all, that euery man desireth greatly to haue you.

4 Mibi, quale ingenium haberes, in dicio fuit oratio, Your cōmunication well notified vnto me, of what disposition you were.

5 Cum mecum in animo vitam tuam considero, When I consider thy manner of [...]ining in my mynde.

7 Et vos esse istiusmodi, & nos non esse, haud mi­rabile [Page] est, That you bee such as you are, an wee not, it is no meruayle at all.

11 Nobis prospectum est We be prouided for.

11 Deserti viuimus, we liue as folkes al forsakē.

14 Hoc beneficio vtrique ab vtrisque verò deuin­cimini, vt nunquàm vlla amori vestro incidere possit calamitas, By y^e good help of this thinge you be in such wise bound eyther to other, that no mishap may at any time chaūce in your loue or frendship, as who should say, that there can no misfortune befall, able to breake and to vn­doe the loue that is betwene you. Lau. Val. Ve­ry well she weth, that Cicero or Quintilian, ne­uer vsed to say neuter neutri, nor properly v­terque vtrique, but vter (que) alteri, as Ci. in prae­fatione officiorū. Eodemque modo de Aristo­tele & Isocrate iudico, quorū vter (que) suo studio delectatus, contempsit alterum. And the selfe same wise I iudge of Aristotle and [...]socrates, of whom eyther delighting and taking singu­ler pleasure and felicity in his own study (that is to for Aristotle in Philosophile, & Isocra­tes in Rhetorick) dispised the other. Quintil.

Cum vterque alteri obijciat, palàm est vtrun­que feeisse. Since that either of them layeth it to others charge, it is manifest and open, that both the one and the other of them did it. Yet neuerthelesse Terence in Phormione sayeth, Quia vterque vtrique est cordi. Because that both lyke eyther other very well. And also in the tenth Booke of the Commentaries of the [Page] Iestes of Caesar (which booke it is doubled, whether Hercius, or Oppius, did wryte) Inte­rim dissensione orta inter Achillē & Arsionen, cum vterque vtrique insidiaretur, & summam imperij ipse obtinere veilet. &c. In the meane season dissention, strife, and debate, arising be­tweene Achilles and Arsione, when eyther of them layde wayte to destroy other, and desired to get & haue the chiefe rule of the whole Em­pyre him selfe▪ &c.

16 Nescio alios, me scio sem per fecisse sedulò, vt ex illius commodo meum compararem com­modum, I knowe not other men, but my selfe I know, that I haue right diligētly endeuou­red & applied my selfe to get & to esteme my cō ­modity by his cōmodity, or in such wise that it might alwayes stande together with his com­modity.

19 Omnes mihi labores fuere, quos coepi, leues, Al the labours y^t I toke, me thought but light.

22 Vt patrem tuum vidi esse habitum diù, etiàm duras dabit. As farre as I haue seene thy fa­ther, or, as I haue scene thy Father disposed this long whyle, hee wyll yet deale hardly, or roughly with thee. Duras. s. partes afore in Eunu▪ Duras fratris partes praedicas. My brother is in hard case by thy sayinge. Duras alicui partes dare, Is to handle a body hardly, and it is a proper maner of latine speaking of lyke sense, as we halfe prouerbially say in English, to geue one the worse ende of the staffe.

23 Quisnam hic est, qui intuetur nos? What fel­low [...] [Page] is this same heere, that beholdeth vs, or looketh on vs?

24 Amab [...], quid tibi est? I pray you, what ay­leth you? Est i. accidit.

24 Quid stupes? Why art thou astonyed?

25 Video ne Cliniam, an non? Haue I espied or doe I see Clinia or not?

25 Quem vider? Whom seest thou? or whom hast thou espyed?

26 Salue anime mi, vt vales? God saue you mine owne sweete heart, how fare you?

27 Saluum te venisse gaudeo, I am right glad & ioyous that you bee come home safe & in good heath.

27 Teneò ne te maximè animo exoptate meo. Oh whom my heart doth most desire, haue I, or doe I holde you in mine armes? (as who shoulde say) I am sure that I touch you, and that you bee heere?

29 Ite intrò nàm vos iamdudùm expectat senex, Goe yee in, for the olde man looketh for you, or tarieth for you, & hath done a good whyle. Of dudùm, pridem, nupèr, iamdudùm, and iampri­dèm, and the vse of them in latin speaking, it is shewed afore.

Out of the third act, in the first Scene.

1 Lucescit, It dayeth, or it is almost brode day.

1 Cesso pulsare ostium, I am slacke in knocking at the doore.

3 Adoleseentem hoc nolle intelligo, I perceyu [...] that the youngmā woulde not haue this don [...], [Page] or I perceiue that this is agaynst, or cōtrary to the young mans mynde.

4 Cum videam miserum hunc tàm excruciarier eius abitu, For as much as I see this poore soule to be in such great sorow and heauinesse, or payne, because of the going away of them.

5 Celem tàm insperatum gaudium? Should I keepe priuy or hyde frō him this ioy so greatly vnlooked for [...] Celem. s. eum, for celo, is one of thē that gouerneth a double accusatiue case, albeit, wee may say in latine, Celauit me hanc rem, or Celauit me de hac re, or Celauit hanc rem, yea and Terentius in Phormione, ioyned a datiue case with celo, saying. Si hoc celetur patri in metu sum. If this be kept, or hidden to my father, I am in feare. And Aëmilius Pro­bus ioyned caelo with the same case, sayinge, Id Alcibiadi caelari diutiùs nō potuit, That thing might no longer ve hidden to Alcibiades.

7 hand faciam, I will not doe it, or, I will not so doe.

7 Quàm potero adiutabo senem, I will help the old man as much as I shall bee able. Quàm pro quàntum.

8 Video filium meum amico, at (que) aequali suo in­seruire, & socium esse in negotijs. I see that my sonne doth gladly take payne for his friende & companion, and taketh such part as he doth in all his matters or businesse.

They be called in latine aequales, which be of one age and time, and specially which haue ben brought vp together, as companions ond play [Page] felows▪ Inseruio, is, seruiui, inseruitū, to do plea­sure or seruice for a man volūtarily or gladly.

10 Nos senes est aequum senibus obsequi, It is meete for vs olde folkes to doe pleasure eache for other, or reason woulde, that wee olde men help one an other. Obsequi. i. inseruire.

11 Ego profectò egrerie ad miseriam natus sum, Truely I am notably borne to Misery, wret­chednes, misfortue, or aduersity.

12 Illud falsum est, quod vulgò audio dici, diem adimere aegritudinem hominibus, That is a false or vntrue saying, which I heare commōly spoken amonges men, that long continuance or processe of time taketh away care and thought from mens heartes.

14 Nam mihi quidem quotidiè augescit magis aegritudo, For vnto mee at least wyse my▪ sor­row, care, or griefe, waxeth euery day more and more, Augesco, is not to beginne to waxe or to grow more, but still to be euery day more and more. For verbes in sco, doe not signifie begin­ning, nor should not bee called inchoatiues) as Priscianus & other Grammariās woulde haue them called) but rather continuatiues, as the which betoken encreasemēt: as, aegresco not to beginne to bee sicke, but to be sicker and sickēr. Verg. li. 12. Aeneid, Haud quanquàm dictis vio­lentia Turni flectitur, exuperat magis, aegrescijt­ (que) medendo. The indignation or fiercenes of Turnus might in no wise be bowed, mitigated, asswaged, or pacified with any the woordes or counsaile of Latinus, but arose, swelled, and stil [Page] waxed worse and worse, and the more Phisick of good coūsaile that Latinus bestowed on him to pacifie his said indignation or fiercenes, the more and more the same stil waxed. Inualesco, to waxe or to grow stronger & stronger. Quin. Tenuit consuetudo, que quotidiè inualescit, a custome hath bene taken vp & receyued, which waxeth stronger and strōger euery day. Lacta. Si nostra inualuerīt, vt quotidie inualescūt. &c. If our part get y^e better, as euery day it waxeth stronger and stronger. Cōualesco also to waxe stronger and stronger in health. Cic. Quantò plura illa miscebat, tantò hic magis indies con­ualescebat. The more medicines or drinkes y^• other mingled. the more and more healthfull were y^• other Crudesco, to waxe or to be rawer and rawer. Vir. Sin in processu caepit crudesce­re morbus, &c. But if in the processe of time, y^• the disease begin to be rawer & rawer, &c. Sor­desco is to waxe more and more filthy. Conce­nesco to waxe older, and not to begin to be old, and so of Macesco acesco, nigresco, albesco, ta­besco, With other verbes in sco, yet heere it is to be noted, that many in sco, haue the significa­tion of their primatiues, and be vsed for them: as conticesco for cōticeo, adhaeresco for adhae­reo, delitesco for deliteo, concupisco for concu­pio, obdormisco for obdormio. With others mo, as sheweth Lau. Val. li. eleg. 22.

15 Quantò diutiùs abest, tantô magis desiderosi: eum. The longer it is sith he hath bene away so much more am I desirous to see him.

[Page]17 Ipsum foras egre [...] video, adibo, alloquar, I see him selfe come foorth, I will goe vnto him and speake to him.

18 Nuncium oporto tibi, cuius maximè te [...] participem cupis, I bring you that tidinges which you are most destrous to heare of. N [...] cius, cij▪ cio, in the masculine gendre, signifieth both the bringer of any message or tidinges, [...] also the message or tidinges that is brought. Plaut. in S [...]icho. Praecucurri, vt nunciarem nū ­cium exoptabilem: I came runninge afore [...] shewe tydinges, which you desire to [...]eare [...] [...]e it, some Grammarians say, that nuncium▪ cij, cio, in the neuter gender, signifieth the mes­sage or tidinges that is brought, which voca­ble Laur. Valla sayth, that hee neuer read [...] founde in no probate authour. And somti [...] it is read nuncius, a um▪ hauing the nature and place of an abiectiue, as nūcia verba. &c. There is also reade haec nuncia, nunciae in y^e feminine gender, for her that bringeth tidinges.

20 Nunquid nam de gnato meo audisti? Haue you heard any tydinges of my sonne?

21 Vbinā est quae so? Where is he I besech yo [...]

21 Est apud medomi He is at home at my house

23 Duc me ad illum obsecro▪ Bring me vnto him I pray thee for Gods sake.

24 Non vult te scire se redi [...]e▪ He would not haue you knowe, that hee is come agayne.

24 Tuum conspectum fugi [...]a [...] propter peccatum, Hee absenteth or keepeth himselfe out of your [...]ight for the fault that he hath done.

[Page] Timet, ne tua duri [...]a illa antiqua etiam adau­cta sit, Hee [...]eareth least the same your olde or wont hardnes be now increased or waxed more and worse then euer it was.

Non tu ei dixisti, vt essem? Diddest not thou tell him howe he was minded? Vt essem. i. quo modo effectus essem, vel quo animo essem, Of what minde I was.

Pessimè isthuc in te, atque in illum consulis▪ In this thing thou doest very ill, both for thy selfe and for him. Or therein thou takest a very [...]ll way, both for thyne owne part and also for his, Consulis. i. statuis, dec [...]: and it is an e­ligant maner of speaking.

Te leni & victo animo esse ostendis, Thou shewest thy selfe to be gentle or tender harted, & sone ouercomed.

Satis iam satis pater d [...]r [...]s fui, I haue bene a hard, straight, or heauy Father vnto my sonne long▪ and long enough nowe, There is vnder­standed D [...] ▪

Vehementis in vtram (que) partem es nimis, Thou art to vehement, to affectionate, or to hot, both in one part and in the other.

In eandem fraudem, ex hac re atque ex illa in­cides. Thou shalt fal into one & the same [...]ra [...] ▪ both by this thinge and by that, or both by the one thing and by the other. Of the significatiō of this noune fra [...]s it is shewed afore.

Pa [...]lulo tùm [...]ra [...] contentus ei (que) erant gratia omniā, He could then haue bene cōtented with very little, and euery thynge was thankefully [Page] accepted or welcome vnto him▪

37 Pe [...]erruisti hinc. [...] illum. Thou hast br [...] him away hence for feare.

38 Coepit victum vulgo quaerere▪ Hee began to get his liuing abroad or here and there.

39 Nunc cum sine magno detrimento non potest haberi, quiduis dare cupis, Now that it cannot be gotten or had without great losse & damage thou wouldest fame or with al thy heart geue thou carest not how much.

40 Vt scias quam ea instructa pulchrè ad pern [...] [...]et, for sit. That thou mayst know how good [...] shee is appointed to vndoe, or to cast away any man, or to bring any man to naught.

42 Ancillas secum adduxit plus decem. She hath brought w^t her at her tayle ten maidens & mo [...]

43 Sa [...]rapes si siet amator, nunquam sufferre e [...] sumptum q [...]a [...] A great Lorde, if hee were [...] louer, might neuer be able to beare or to su [...] ▪ne the sumptuous charges of her. Hic & haec Satrapes, huius Satrapae, is a vocable which the latine men haue taken of the Greekes, and the Greekes out of the Pe [...]ans, and it signifieth a ruler, a captaine, or a lieuetenaūt of any pro­uince, as the captaine of Caleis, or the Cap­tain of the I [...]e of Wight, or the Lieu [...]enau [...] of Irelande, may be called in Latine Satrap [...] or Sa [...]apa. For Satrapein in Greeke is Pro­uincia.

46 Et vnam coenam, atque eius com [...]bus de [...] quod si iterùm mihi sit danda, actum fiet, for [...]it I haue geuen but only one supper to him and [Page] to his trayne or cōpany, that if I shoulde make one supper more, I might be vtterly vndon by it, or it were enough vtterly, to vndo mee. Actū est, is a prouerbiall speaking, signif [...]ing despe­ration of a thinge, as being vtterly past cure & remedie. Terent▪ in Andr. Actum est, si quidem haec vera praedicar. The matter is vtterly past cure and remedy, at least wyse if it be true that shee here sayth▪ Reade in Chiliad. Erasm.

48 Vt alia omittam, To let passe al other things or though I speake not of other things. For Vt is heere takē for quā [...]is, or licet, Cic. in O­ratore. Vt quaeres omnia, quo modo Graeci in­eptum appellant, non reperies. Though a man seeke throughout all wordes, yet he shall not finde any that the Greekes haue counterua [...] ­ [...]ng this latine word Ineptus. i. in idoneus, vn­fit, vnapt, or vn [...]ete to anything. Idē pro le­go agraria. Vt circumspiciamus omnia, quae po­pulo grata, atque iucunda sunt, nil tam popu­lare, quam pacem, quā concordiā, quam ocium reper [...]mus: Though we consider al thyngs that be acceptable & pleasaunt vnto the people, we shall finde nothing so much to the wealth or to the paye of the same as peace, as concord, or vn [...]ye, and as liuing in ease and quiet.

48 Pitissando modò mihi quid vini absumpsit? What or howe much Wyne hath she spent me, by nothing but sipping and tasting?

51 Releui dolia omnia, I haue set abroch all the vessels in my house.

52 Omnes sollicitos habui. I had al my [...]ny o [...] [Page] houshould as busy as they could be to serue. Sollicitos. i. varij officijs & ministeri [...]s distra­ctos, vt qui hinc & inde administrandum desti­nabantur, & assignabantur.

53 Quid te futurum censes, qnem assiduè exedēt? What shall become of thee? or what case shalt thou be in (thinkest thou) whom they shal cōti­nually eate out of house and home.

54 Ita me dij amabunt, vt tuarum misertum est fortunarum, God loue & helpe mee, as I haue pity and cōpassion vpon thy fortune or goods and sustance. For that signifieth Fortunae, na­rum. In the plurall number, for the most part, & that signification is most agreeable vnto thys place. Albeit, it is taken in the other significa­tion in Andria, where Simo sayth, Omnes om­nia bona dicere & laudare fortunas meas, qui filium haberem tali ingenio praeditum.

55 Faciat quod libet. Let hym doe what hym lusteth.

56 Sumat, consumat, perdat, decretum est pati, dum illum modo habeam mecū, Let him take, let him spend, or waste, let him destroy and cast away what hee well, I haue determined w^t my selfe to abide and endure it, so that I may haue him at home in my house and company, Dùm illum modò, for dùm modò illum▪ &c. by the fi­gure y^• is called tinesis, or his diacope, which is when a woorde eyther simple or compound, is deuided, and one or two other woordes set betweene, as Plin. Haec vt res cum que se ha­beat for vtcunque haec res, se habeat. [Page] How soeuer this matter standeth.

57 Si certum est tibi sic facere. If thou vtterly ap­poynted or determined so to do.

58 Id per magni referre arbitror. I iudge this thing to make very great matter.

59 Nescientem sentiat te id sibi dare. Let him thinke that thou dost geue him that thinge vn­knowinge▪ or as though thou knewest not that thou dost geue it vnto him.

61 Par alium quemuis des, Geue it vnto him, or let him haue it by the handes of an other body, who soeuer it be, rather then by thine own selfe.

61 Falli te sinas technis per seruulum. Suffer thy selfe to be beguyled, or deceyued of some one of thy seruauntes, by some subtil craft, or wyle.

62 Subsensi id quoquè. I do halfe perceyue that also.

63 Subsensi illos ibi esse, & id agere inter se clan­culum. I haue an inkeling, or, I haue in man­ner espyed or perceyued, that they be and goe a­boute such a thinge priuilye amonges them selues.

64 Cum illo consusurrat, Hee whispereth with him.

64 Conferunt consilia. They lay theyr heads to­geather in counsayle.

65 Tibi perdere talentum hoc pacto satius est, quam illo minam, Better thou were to leese a whole talent this way then that other way a pounde. Talentum after the supputacion of [Page] some wryters is that some of. [...]. poundes ster­ling.

67 Non nunc pecunia agitur, This adoe is not now made for money, as who should say for [...]auing of money, but rather of the somme, of this maner speakīg by this verbe agitur, it is shewed afore in the fourth Scene of the second acte of the same cōmodity in the vu [...]gare, Quasi isthic minor, mea res agetur quam [...]ua.

67 Illud agitur quo modo minimo periculo de­mus pecuniam adolescentulo, This thinge do we speake of and most cheefly regard or recken vppon, howe wee may let the young man haue money with least per [...]l of bringing him to vn­thriftines.

69 Si semel animum tuum intellexerit, If he shal once perceue thy mynd,

70 Perdas prius pecuniā omnē, quàm abs [...]e amit­tas filium, Depart rather with a [...] the money that thou hast, then let thy sonne goo from thee.

72 Quantum fenestram ad nequitiam pateface­ris? How great a gap shalt thou breake open to wards naughtines? Fenestram aperire, or pate­facere, to open a window, aperir [...] viam, to opē a waye, praestruere viam, to make waye before, iacere fundamentū, to cast or lay a foundation, aperire ianuam, to open a gate, aperire repagu­la to open the barres or ra [...]les, bee prouerbiall speakinges, signifying to geue an occasion of any thing. Eras. In Chiliad.

73 Tibi vt non sit suaue viuere, So that then [Page] shouldest haue small ioy of thy life, or so that it should bee but small pleasure to thee to liue.

74 Deteriores omnes sum us licentia, we be all the worse by haning to much liberty.

Omnes. s. nos, wher note one of the figures of grāmatical instruction, that is called in Latine euocatio, which is as oftentymes as the thyrd persō is immediatly reduced vnto the fyrst per­son, or els to the second, as Ego pauper laboro, cum tu diues ludas, I beynge poore do labour, whereas thou beynge riche doest play, Where note that in euocation be foure thinges requy­red.

Fyrst, Persona euocans, which is euermore the fyrst or the second person, secondarily per­sona euocato which is alwaies the third pesō, thirdly that the sayd third person bee ioyned vnto the first person or second as aforesayd, immediatly that is to say, no māner comunctiō comming betweene. And fourthly that the verbe be of the first person or of the second, ac­cording euermore Cum persona euocante, as in the example aboue alledged, euidently it ap­pereth. And euocation is of two sortes, eyther explicita, as when both persona euocans & also persona euocata, be expressely set out, or els im­plicita that is where persona euocans is vnder stood, aud not expressed, Virgil. Coram quem metitis, adsum Troius Aeneas, I Aeneas of Troy, whom ye seeke, am heere in presence.

Oui. Penelope cōiux sēꝑ Vlisses ero, Penelope [Page] will euer during my life, be the wife of Vlisses onely. In which both examples ego being per­sona eucans, is not expressed but vnderstāded. Though Priscian thinke this oration of Ap­polonius scribo, to be in congrue. Note further that in euocation, persona euocans, & persona euocata.

Albeit, they bee euermore of one case, yet some­times they bee of diuers numbers, as whan persona euocata lacketh the singuler member: as Ego tu deliciae isthuc veniā. I thy golpolle, or▪ I thy delight and pleasure will come hither where thou art: or els when persona euocata, is a noune collectiue, that is to say, whē it sig­nifieth plurality, or a multitude in the singu­ler number. Plin. in praefo. nat. histo, Magna pars studiorum amoenitates quaerimus. A great parte of vs seeke delectable and pleasaunt stu­dies. Also when persona euocata is a noune distributiue, Ouid. In magnis laesi rebus vter. que sumus. Wee both offended, il serued or vio­lated in no small thinges▪ Terent in Adelphis.

Curemus aequam Vter (que) partem, Let vs care egally either for his owne part: where Nos v­terque sumus, and nos vterque curemus be euo­cation.

75 Quodcunque inciderit in mentem, volet, Whatsoeuer shall fall in hys mynde, or in his brayne, he will desire needes to haue it.

75 Neque id putauit prauumne an rectum sit [...] petet Nor hee will not regard this, whether it be ill or els good and honest y^• hee shall desire.

[Page]77 Tu rem perire non poteris pati. Thou wilt neuer be able to abyde to see thy money, goods, or substance waste, or cast away.

78 Dare illi denegabis, s. pecuniam Thou wylt say, that thou wilt geue him no money.

Maxime apud te se valere sentit. He perceiueth that he may do very much with thee.

79 Ibit ad illum, quo maximè apud te se valere sentiet. He wyll goe wyth hym, by meane of whome, he shall thinke that hee may doe moste with thee,

80 Abiturum se abs te esse illicò minabitur. Hee will threaten by and by, that he wil go his way from thee and forsake thee.

81 Videre verum, atquè, ità, vti, res est dicere.

Thou seemest to say trouth, and euen so as the matter is in deede.

82 Somnum hercle hac nocte oculis nō vidi me­is, dum id quaero, tibi qui filium restituerem. In faith I slept not one winke this night stu­dying and deuising howe I might get▪ brynge home and restore thy sonne to thee againe. Qui id est, quomodò. Ioan. Calphurnius noteth here a proper difference betwene redditur & restituitur, saying: Redditur quis cupientibus, vt domi­no, seruus, restituitur cupiens, vt patriae ciuis? et redditur & restituitur cupiens cupientibus, vt patri filius. And in these woordes. Oculis non vidi, is a figure of speaking called pleonas­mus, whych is when an oration hath any su­perfluitie of words more than needeth, as Ver. Vocemque his auribus hausi, I heard a voice [Page] with these eares. Id & sic ore locutus est. And thus she spake with her mouth. For we do not heare but with our eares, nor speake but with our mouthes, nor see but with our eyes.

84 Cedo dexteram, Geue me thy hande.

84 Te oro vt id facias, I pray thee hartelye do it,

85 Paratus sum, I am ready.

85 Scin'quid nnnc te facere volo? Canst thou tell what I would haue thee to do now?

86 Quod sensisti illos incipere id vt maturent fa­cito. What thing that thou hast espyed. or per­ceiued they to goe about, see or fynd the means, or so do that they make hast withal, or do it spedely.

87 Cupio illi dari quod vult, I will gladly geue him whatsoeuer he woulde haue. Quod pro quod cunque.

88 Cupio ipsum iam videre. I desyre to see him by and by, or I would fayne see him strayght waye.

89 Operam dabo, I wil do my diligence.

89 Syrus est praehendendus atque adhortādus mi­hi. I must haue Syrus in hand, and exhort him or set him on.

90 A me nescio quis exit, One, I can not tel who commeth forth of my house, or some man commeth forth of my house whosoeuer it is

90 Concede hinc domum, Goe hence home.

91 Ne nos inter nos congruere sentiant. Let them not perceyue that wee bee agreed betweene our selues.

[Page]92 Paululum negotij mihi obstat, I haue a little businesse that letteth me.

93 Simus & Crito vicim nostri ambiguunt de fini­bus. Simus and Crito our neighbours, are at a little variaunce or controuersye about their landes. De finibus. id est, de Limittibus of the boundes or markes wher the grounds do part and bee deuyded the one mans lande from the others.

94 Me coepere arbitrum, They haue made mee vmpier and iudge betweene them, coepere. i. fa­cere. elegere arbiter (sayth Donatus) dabatur ijs qui de finibus regendis ambigerent. Dicitur enim arbiter, iudex quod totius rei habeat arbi­trium & facultatem, an vmpier or stickler.

94 Ibo ac dicam operam me hodie non posse i [...]s dare. I will goe and shew them that I cannot attend on them this day.

96 Continuò hic adero, I wil be here agayne by and by.

95 Ita quaeso, So I pray you hartely.

96 Dij vostram fidem. O the fayth of the Gods: Vostram for vestram per antithesin. It is a maner of speaking vsed in Poets for an interie c­tiō of maruayling, as Proh Deū atque homi­num fidem, Proh summe Iupiter, with others lyke.

97 Itane comparatam esse hominum naturā om­nium aliena melius vt videant & iudicent quam sua? Is not thus true that it is naturally geuen vnto all men, to se further and better to iudge in [Page] other mēs matters thē in ther own? or▪ Is this so that the nature of euery man hath this pro­pertye that they canne see, or marke, and also iudge other mennes matters better then their owne? Itane s. verum est secundum Laur. Valla. And of such manner speakings by the Infini­tiue moode absolutely put, it is in diuers pla­ces annoted afore.

99 Eo fit, Therby it happeneth or chaunceth, or therof it commeth

99 In re nostrae gaudio sumus praepediti nimio, aut aegritudine. In the matter of our owne we be letted, that is to say, blynded, that wee can­not see or iudge by reasō either of to much ioy­fulnesse, or els of sorrow, woefulnes, and dis­quiet of the mind. Praepediti. s. quò minus vide­ro, & recta iudicare valeamus▪

101 Hic mihi quanto nunc rectius sapit, quam e­gomet mihi? How much wiser is he now in this case for my behalfe and profite, then I am for myne owne.

102 Dissolui me ocyùs operam tibi vt darem▪ I haue dispatched my selfe hastely, or speedely to awayte, or to attend on you.

In the second Scene.

1 Hac illac circum cursa, Runne about this way and that way.

1 Inueniendum est argentem, I must find out, or get a summe of money.

2 Intendend a in senem fallacia▪ s▪ est. I must find some wyle to deceaue the old man▪

It is a metaphore taken oft he stretching of the [Page] senewes, or of stringes in a bow or lute, or o­ther instrument. For Intēdo, dis intēdi, intentū is to stretch, or to re [...]ch, as a man doth stretch the string of a bow, or of a Lute. And therfore by translation it is sayd in latine intendere vo­cem, to strayne the voyce, that is, to speake as loude as a man may reach, & intentio vocis, is to strayne the voyce. Intendere animum aut in­genium, or intendere neruos animi vel ingenij▪ is to strain the mynd or wit, that is to geue ve­ry exact aduertisement of the raynd [...], or of the wit, and to proue the same to the vttermost. So intendēda in senē fallacia, is as much as if hee should haue sayd in English▪ I must strayne a sinew or stretch a vayn, to beguile the oldman. Of Intendo read in Laur. val. lib. 6. eleg cap. 4.

3 Nū me fefellit hosce id struere? was I de­ceiued when I sayd that these felowes wente about such a thing▪ Here is also a metaphore takē of builders. For struo, struis struxi, structū, is to build or to make a frame: and thereof by translation struere ignem, is to make a fyer, struere fallaciam, to imagine a wile. Struere mi­lite [...] apud Titum Liuium, to set souldiours in array, for iustruere &c.

4 Est ille tardiusculus, He is somewhat slow.

5 Hule nostro tradidia est prouintia the matter is committed vnto this fellowe of myne, or to my man here to do. The Romaynes of old tyme called in latine prouinciam anye out region of farre countrey that they had subdued vnto their [Page] dominion, empire, and iurisdiction, and helde y^• same their iurisdiction by a liuetenant, sent thi­ther to gouerne and rule it. And because that those persons which were admitted and sente by the Romaynes thither as officers, and w^t commission, and with great charge, therfore the very office it selfe of ruling in any prouīce was also called in Latine prouincia, and therof by a Metaphore all the burden, labour or businesse of doing in any manner office, or thinge to bee done is called in Latine speaking prouincia, as heere. And also in Phormione. O Geta pro uinciam durā, O Geta thou hast taken in hand, or take vppon thee a great, or harde matter to do. &c.

6 perij, Numnam haec audiuit? Alas that euer I was borne hath he heard al this?

7 Quid tu isthi [...], s▪ agis? What makest thou there? or what dost thou there? Note heere the diffe­rence betweene these three pronounes, hic, iste, and ille with their aduerbes deryued of thē, hic haec, hoc, hîc, hînc, hanc, hanc, horsùm, With all other deriuatiues and compounds of the same, as hiccine. &c. in Latine speaking be preferred vnto the first person that is to saye▪ vnto the speaker, iste, ista. istud, istic, istinc, istuc, isto, is­torsum istac, &c. Bee referred vnto the seconde person, that is to the party that the speaker speaketh vnto. Ille, la, lud, illic, illinc, illâc, illûc, illorsùm illo, Be referred vnto thee thyrd personne, that ys neyther vnto the speaker, [Page] nor vnto him that hee speaketh vnto, but to the thyrd from them both, as I wryting from Lō ­don to my frend beyng in Oxeforde, that wee might meete for to ryde togeather vnto Yorke, may write thus vnto him. Iampridē istuc pro­fectus essem, nisi me hic occupationes me deti­nerent. Tu igitur mature istinc te mouere at­que huc primo quoque tempore aduolare quo possimus vuà illò, quo decreuimus proficisci, I had a great whyle since commen thither (that is to Oxford where thou art) but that certayne busyness that I haue, kepe and withhold mee, heere in London. Therefore hye thou, and spe­dely bestir thee to come away from thence, that is from Oxeford aforesayd, and in all hast pos­sible to come hyther to London, to the end that we may both together take our iourney thither as wee appoynted, that is to Yorke.

7 Equidem te demiror tam mane, s. surrexisse, aut foris in publico conspici qui heri tantum bibe­ris, I maruaile greatly that thou art vp, or that thou commest abroade so earlye to day, which drankest so much or so deeply yesterday.

9 Visa est, quod dici solet, aquilae senectus, Mee thought I saw an olde Aegle (as the prouerbe sayth) A quilae senectus, the old age of an Aegle is a Latine prouerbe vsed to bee spoken of olde men, or others that liue more by drinke then by meat, Plin. li. 10. na. hist. cap. 3. of the nature of Egles sheweth that Egles dye, or perish ney­ther for age, nor by reason of any sickenesse, [Page] but for hunger and lacke of meate. For the vp­per part of theyr billes or nebbes groweth so much and so far ouer the nether parte, that the aduncitye or crokednes thereof may not bee o­pened, nor may not gap [...] to receiue sustenāce of meate so that when they be olde, they liue only by drinke, and by suckynge the bloude of such prayes as they haue killed, and not by catyng. And semblably aged folkes for the most part [...] drinke more then they eate.

10 Mulier commoda & face [...]a haec est This woman is a gentle companion, or a good fel­low, and a pleasant, or mery one.

12▪ Mulier forma luculenta, A very fayre or beau­tifull woman, Luculentia, i. aegregia, praecla [...] ▪ insigni spectanda.

13 Mulier forma sanè bona, A woman a [...]uredly right well fauored.

14 Ille hanc deperit He is very far in loue wyth her, or, hee is nighe madde for the loue of her. For that is properly Deperire in Latine.

15 Habet patrem quendam auidum, miserum▪ a [...] ­què aridum, Hee hath to his father a certayne felow greedy of money, a wretched fellowe in his house, and a very pinch penye, as dry as a kixe.

16▪ At (que) [...] is non diuitijs abūdet, gnatus eius pro­fugi [...] inopia. His soone is runne away, and hath forsoke the country, as though he had no [...]iches at all, nor were worth a peny.

18 Scin' esse factum, vt dico? doe you not know y^• it is so as I say.

[Page]19 Homo pistrino dignus, A fellow worthye of extreame punishment.

20 Tibi timui malè, I was curstly or shrewdlye afeard on thy behalfe. Caueo with Accusatiue [...]s to auoyde and eschew, as Caueo te, I eschew thee or thy company, Caueo tibi with a datiue, Idem quod prospicio, I am ware and prouyde that thou haue no harme.

21 Passus est id fieri. He suffereth that to be done.

25 Garris, i. ineptè loqueris, Nugas loqueris, thou [...]anglest, thou pratest, thou speakest folish­ly.

25 Haec facta ab illo opportebant, Thus ought he to haue done. Uerbes Impersonalles, as Decet, delectat, portet, iuuat, with others lyke be sometymes chaunged into personalles espe­cially in Poets.

26 Eho quae so laudas qui heros fallunt? Ah sir, or what I pray the hartely dost thou allow and commend such as deceiue theyr maysters? Eho sometymes is an interiection of maruaylinge▪ sometymes of calling vnto a bodye, as Ehodum ad me, sometymes of asking a questyon, as here.

27 Rectè sanè, In good sooth wel sayd, or in faith gentlemanly spoken.

28 Magnarum saepe id remedium aegritudinū est. that is oft times a remedy or medecine, for great [...]ores or diseases.

30 Iocone an serio haec dicat nescio, I cannot tel whether he say all this in game or sadnes, in [...]est, or in earnest.

[Page] [...]1 Mihi quidem addit animum, quo libeat mag [...] At least wise he geueth me courage, stomake, or boldnes, that I haue the better iust, or the more mynde, will, pleasure, or desyre to do it.

32 At nunc quid expectat? But now what doth he looke for

34 Aliquā fabricam fingit. He goeth about some wyle. Fabticam id est fallaciam,

34 Stolidus est, He is a very foole: of the diffe­rence betweene these wordes, stolidus fatuus, [...] stultus, it is shewed afore.

35 At [...]e adiutare oportet adolescentuli causa, but th [...] must helpe thereto for the younge mans sake.

36 Facile equidem facere possum, si iubes. I can doe it quickly, lightly, or easely, if thou saye the woord.

37 Quo pacto id fieri soleat calleo, I know per [...] ­ly we [...] how it is most commonly vsed to be done

37 Non est mentiri meum, It is not my property condition, or guise to lye.

39 At heus tu, facito haec memineris. But oh si [...] ­ha, see that thou remember all this.

40 Si quid huius simile forte aliquando euen [...]ri [...], If anye such thinge as this is, shall perchaunce happen at any tyme.

41 Vt sūt humana. As the course of the world is, or as many thinges do chaunce in the worlde a­monges men.

42 Non vsu venier, spero, It shall not chaunce I hope.

[Page]42 Spero hercle ego quoqué, In good sooth I also hope.

43 Nequè eò nunc dico quòd quicquam senserim. And I say it not for that I haue perceyued any such thing.

44 Quae sit eius aetas vides, Thou seest what age hee is of, or what yeares he hath thou seest.

45 Ne ego te (si vsus veniat) magnifice [...]actar [...] possim. In fayth I could haue handle thee royally if neede were, or if anye suche occasion should chaunce.

46 De is [...]oc cum vsus venerit, videbimus quid o▪pus sit. As concerninge this that thou spa­kest of now, when tyme and occasion shal bee▪ or when it shall come in place or in vre, we shal see what is most expedient, necessary, or behoue able.

47 Nunc istuc age, As now go aboute that thou hast in hand,

48 Nunquam commodiùs herum audiui loqui, I neuer heard a mayster speake more cōmodiously or more to the pay of his seruaunt.

50 Quisnam a nobis egreditur foras? Who com­meth forth of our house?

In the third Scene.

[...] Quid istuc quaeso. s. est? What is that I besech thee?

[...] Quis istic mos est? What manner or guy [...]e is that of thyne.

[...] Itane fieri oportet; Is it honesly so to doe?

[...] Quid ego feci? What did I? or, what haue I [Page] I dont.

2 Vidin'ego te modò manum in sinum huic meri­trici inserere Did I not see thee right now put thy hand in this drabs bosome.

3 Acta res est, The matter is past recure, or past remedy. Acta res est, Is the same that Actum est, of which it is sayd afore.

4 Facias adeo indignē in iuriam illi, qui non ab­stineas manum. Truly thou doest hym shameful wrong, that thou kepest not awaye nor holdest of thyne handes.

4 Istaec quidem contumelia est. Indeede this is great despyte,

5 Hominem amicum recipe ad te. Receyue, or take in a frend of thyne into thy house.

6 Heri conuiuio quam immodestus [...]uisti? Yesterday at the table how vnsobre, wylde, vnruly, or vnmannerly were thou?

7 Metui quid futurum denique esset. I feared what should come of it at last, or I was aferde what should be the end of it.

8 Noui ego amantium animos, aduertunt gra [...]i­ter quae non censeas, I know well ynough the myndes of thē that be in loue, they marke fore a thing that a man would not say or iudge that they doe.

9 Fides mihi apud hunc est, I am in good credite with hym.

9 Mihi fides apud hunc est, me nihil istius factu­rum. I am in such credite with this man, that h [...] mistrusteth not, that I wil do any such thinge, or hee hath verye good truste in mee that▪ [Page] I wil not serue him anye such touch, or plays him any such pranke.

10 Esto, certè at concedas aliquò ab eorū ore ali­quantispèr. Be it so, or I will wel that, pet in fayth goe into some place out of theyr sight. presence, way or, company, for a little whyle.

Lau. Val. hath noted aduerbes compound with per, as parumpèr paulispèr, tantispèr, aliquan­tispèr to be referred vnto breuity or shormes of time Wherfore they erre and do amisse, that take and vse the sayde aduerbes for their sim­ples, parum, paulum, tantum, aliquantum, Esto is vsed for a voyce or aduerbe of graunting ex seruio.

11 Prohibet me facere tua presentia. Thy pre­sence, or thy beyng here letteth me to do it,

11 Ego de me faciam coniecturā, I contect that by my selfe, or I take a cōiecrure by the exam­ple of myne owne selfe.

12 Nemo est meorum amicorum hodie, apud quē expromere omnia mea occul [...]a audeam. There [...] neuer a frend that I haue this day liuing, before whom and vnto whom I dare bee holde to open, vtter, shew, or disclose all my secrets, or the bottome of my stomacke

14 Facti piget. s. me, I am sory for that that I haue done, These 6 verbes impersonalles Pae­niter, taedet, piget, pudet, miseret, miserescit.

Be construed with an accusatiue and a geni­tiue: as Paeniter me dicti, I forethinke or re­pent my saying- Taedet me vitae, I am wery of my life. Piget me laboris, I am [...]oth or vnlusty [Page] to labour: In the stede of the genitiue they may haue ioyned with them an infinitiue mode: as Paenitet me dixisse. Taedet me viuere, piget me laborare. Piget me, here in this place of Te­rence, is taken for Dolet mihi vel molestū est▪ Of the signification of piget, reade more large­ly in Adelphis act. 3. seen 4. in the vulgare, Fra­tris me quidem pudet pigetqùe,

15 Ne ineptus, ne proteruus videar. That I see­me not foolish, nor saucy, or malopert.

16 Nostrum est intelligere vtcunqúe atque vbi­cunqùe opus sit obsequi, s. amico. It is our part to marke and to perceiue how soeuer we should doe our friend pleasure in seruing or folowyng hys appetite.

17 Haee ego praecipio tibi, hominis frug [...] & tem­perantis functo officium, Thys I aduyse or counsell thee, doing therein the office or parte of an honest or friendly, and of a sobre or chas [...]e man, Frugi. i. vtilis, necessarij, sumpta'me tapho­ra à frugibus. Temperantis. i. sobrij, casti, Tem­porantia is deriued of Tully, that it is Ra­tionis in libidinem atque in alios non rectos impetus animi firma & moderata dominatio. Tē ­perancy is a firme and moderate or measura­ble domination and ruling of reason, ouer all naughty and wan [...]or: appetite and lustes of the body and ouer all other violent affections of the minde, being wrong and out of course.

18 Tace sodès. Hold thy peace I pray thee.

19. Pudet me, neque id iniuria, I am ashamed, and not without cause.

[Page]20. Pergin' herclè? s. loqūi, Hast thou not done yet▪ or what yet more prating?

20 Dico quod videtur. s. mihi, I say as I thinke or I say as my hearte geueth mee, or I speake as my minde is.

21 Non accedam ad illos? Shall not I come vnto them, or shall I haue no way to them?

21 Ehò, quaeso vna accedendi via est? What I pray thee heartely, is there no mo but one way to come to thē ▪ or as we say prouerb [...]ally in en­glish, be there no mo waies to y^• wood but one?

22 Hic priùs se indicarit, quam ego argentum ef­fero, This fellow will surely betray hys owne counsaile before that I get any money at al. In­dicarit pro indicauerit, per syncopen. And it is as Donatus expoundeth, the future of the sub­iunctiue, set for the future of the indicatiue. Af­ter some Grammarians it is Modus promissi­nus. The mode or manner of promising, that a thing shall bee, Pomponiua calleth it Futurum exactum, whych the Greekes expounde by the participle of y^• preter perfite tense, ioyned with the future tense of the verbe substan [...]ue, eso­ma:. And the Latyne men in verbes deponen­tes, as Ero locurus. And Linacre in his first booke De emendata structura, or, De octo par­tibus. Maketh mention, that Gro [...]inus, whych vndoubtedly, was a man of moste exquisite, ex­act, and pre [...]yse, both of knowledge and iudge­ment, as well in Gramma [...]cat thinges, as also in al other kindes & sortes of learning deuided the times of verbes in this wyse, that he put in [Page] the verbe three tenses, that ys to weete, the pre­sent tense, the pretertense, and the future tense▪ And euery of these he put to bee of two sortes, that is to weete, the one vnperfite and the other perfite. The present tense vnperfite▪ as Scribo, I wryte, or I am in wryting, so that the action of wryting is not yet accomplished nor finished The present tense perfite, as Scripfi, I haue writtē, or I haue done wryting, so that the said action of wryting is finished and done. And in lyke wyse the preter tense vnperfite, as Scribe­bam, I dyd wryte, or I was in writing, the ac­tion or doyng therof not yet past. The preter­tense perfice, as Scripseram, I had writtē, or I had done, or ended wrytinge. Also the Future tense vnperfite, as Scribam, I will, or shall wryte the action of wryting not yet begunne. The future tense perfite, as Scripsero, I shall haue written, or I shall haue done wryting the action of wrytyng already begunne and entred, but yet not ended.

23 Vin▪ tu homini stulto mihi auscultare? Wylt thou be ruled by the counsel of me a foolish fel­low? Vin', pro vis ne.

23 Iube hunc abire hiuc aliquo, Bid or commaūd this fellow here to goe or to get him frō hence some whither

24 Quo ego hinc abeam? Whither should I goe from hence? Abeam id est abire debeā. for it is the potentiall mode, which may alwayes be ex­poūded by possum or debeo, or some like verbe But of the potentiall mode, and of the vse [Page] of the same in all tenses reade example in Lina cre, in his first booke, De emendata structura, siue de octo partibus,

24 Abi quo lubet, Go whither thou lusteth.

25 Abi deambulatum, Goe thy way to walke, de­ambulatum, The first supine which is vsed al­wayes in the actiue signification, and is engli­shed like the Infinityue Mode of the Actiue voyce. And whensoeuer the English of the In­finitiue of the actiue voyce, commeth after any verbe or other word, betokenning going or mo­uing to a place, it shal be put in the first supyne

26 Abi istac, istorsùm, quouis, Go this waye? goe that way, goe whether soeuer thou wilt,

26 Rectè dicit censeo, He sayth or speaketh well. I say euen the same.

27 Dij te eradicent, qui me isthinc extruda [...]. The Gods take a vengeance on thee: or, send thee an euill ende, whych doest thrust me out from your companie. Eradicare properly is to plucke vp by the rootes, and by translation it is refer­red to the vtter destruction if any thing.

27 Tu tibi istas posthàc comprimito manus. Hold in, keepe downe, or tame thou those hands of thyne from henceforth. Comprimitio is y^• im­peratiue mode, and the present tense. For Lina­cre in the first booke. De emen [...]struct. Uerye wel poureth that the imperatiue mode hath no future tense. First for that the Greekes hath no future tense in this mode. secōdarily, for the voyces of the Imparatiue mode endinge in to, tote, and tor, may be ioyned with aduerbes of [Page] the future time. Thirdly, for that the same vos­ces in to, tote, tor, bene founded ioyned with o­ther voices of the same imperatiue mode, which all Grammarians confesse and say to be of the present tyme, as Propertius. Aut si es dura, ne­ga, sin es non dura, venito. Verg. Tytere dum redeo breuis est via, pasce capellas, & potum pa­stas age Tytere & inter agēdum, Occursare ca­pro cornu ferit ille eaueto.

29 Quid illum cred is facturum, nisi eum quantum dij dant tibi opus, seruas, castigas, mones? what thinkest thou that hee will do, except thou a­wayt, chastise, & rebuke hym with all the helpe that the gods may geue thee (as who should say) with all the helpe that thou mayst haue of the gods? seruas i. obseruas.

31 Ego istuc curabo, I wyll see or looke to that, or I wil prouyde for that:

31 Hic tibi adseruandus est, Thou must lay a wayte on hym here, or thou hadst neede to take good heede on this fellow here.

32 Mihi iam minùs, minusqùe obtemperat, He is now euery day lesse and lesse ruled by me.

34 Ecquid de illo, quod dudum tecum egi, egisti [...] Haste thou done anye thinge in the matter, for which I was in hand with thee ere whyle? A­gere cum aliquo de re aliqua, ys to talke with [...] man (and as we say in english to bee in hand [...] with hym for, or concerning any thyng to b [...] done. Of ecquid it ys shewed afore.

35 Reperisti ribi quod placeat an non dum etiá [...] Hast thou found out any thynge to thy mynde [Page] or not yet neyther.

35 Frugies, Thou art an honest fellow. Aliud e [...] alio incidit, One thing aryseth of an other, or, one thing commeth in, or commeth vnto mynd vy reason of an other.

37 Pessima hee est meretrix, This is a peril­lous naughy queane.

39 Video quod inceptat facinus, I see what hee beginneth to do or I perceyue where about hee goeth, or I see what a pranke hee is aboute to play. Ioan. Calphur noteth that Incipere, and inceptare, bee referred to great bolde and har­dy enterprises: as in Eun. Quid inceptas Thraso What entend you to enterpryse now Thraso▪

40 Huic drachmarum argenti mile dederat mu­tuum. He had lent vnto this man. xvi. pounds and one Marke of readye money Drachma ys a Greeke woorde, and it was a certayne coyne of money in Athens, & al that conntrey, of egal & the same value, as was in Rome, the come of the syluer, that was there called Denarius, which after the suppuiation and reckeninge of Budaeus in his worke intituled De Asse, is a grote sterling, or somewhat more: so the recke­ning drachmam at the value of a grote sterlīg. mille drach marum a thousand groats sterling make the iust summe of xvi. li. xiii. s. iiii, d.

41 Reliquit filiam adolescentulam huic arrhabo­ni pro illo argenro. He left a daughter of his beyng a very young thing, for a pledge or gage vnto this man for that summe of money. Arra­boni i. pignori. [Page] Here in this place, but Arrabo, nis, and arra, re properly is the money that is geuen in earnest at any bargayn making for the assurāce and ra­tifying of all couenauntes and conditions of the same.

43 Est nunc ad vxorem tuam, He is now with thy wyfe, ad for apud.

46 Dubiū ne id est? Is that any matter of doubt?

46 Ego sic putaui, So thought I.